4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
7 ** May you do good and not evil.
8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction.
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 ** following are true:
52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 ** number consists of a single page change.
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file.
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 ** database to flush their caches.
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 ** than one billion transactions.
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 ** of every transaction.
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 ** the database file.
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 ** content out of the database file.
110 ******************************************************************************/
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace
=1; /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
139 ** OPEN <------+------+
142 ** +---------> READER-------+ |
145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal]
164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal]
165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction]
168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written.
178 ** * No read or write transaction is active.
179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 ** open. The database size is known in this state.
189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below).
197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 ** may not be trusted at this point.
202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
224 ** * A write transaction is active.
225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 ** lock is held on the database file.
227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
242 ** * A write transaction is active.
243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 ** just the log file).
255 ** * A write transaction is active.
256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 ** and synced to disk.
259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
273 ** * A write transaction is active.
274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 ** to rollback the transaction.
282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 ** instead of READER following such an error.
299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback().
314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 ** of the first four states.
344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state().
352 #define PAGER_READER 1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint
;
446 struct PagerSavepoint
{
447 i64 iOffset
; /* Starting offset in main journal */
448 i64 iHdrOffset
; /* See above */
449 Bitvec
*pInSavepoint
; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450 Pgno nOrig
; /* Original number of pages in file */
451 Pgno iSubRec
; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453 u32 aWalData
[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA
]; /* WAL savepoint context */
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below.
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
470 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state.
475 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
478 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 ** need (and no reason to release them).
484 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
490 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 ** not updated more often than necessary.
494 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
501 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
507 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 ** journal file before it is synced to disk.
511 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
520 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
525 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
532 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by
533 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory).
536 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 ** case is a user preference.
544 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
552 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
556 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 ** write-transaction is opened.
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
561 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
565 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
574 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 ** dbSize is updated.
579 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
585 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
590 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
603 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
606 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
615 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
622 ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
623 ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
624 ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
625 ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
626 ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags
627 ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
628 ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note
629 ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
630 ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
633 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
; /* OS functions to use for IO */
634 u8 exclusiveMode
; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
635 u8 journalMode
; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
636 u8 useJournal
; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
637 u8 noSync
; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
638 u8 fullSync
; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
639 u8 extraSync
; /* sync directory after journal delete */
640 u8 syncFlags
; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
641 u8 walSyncFlags
; /* See description above */
642 u8 tempFile
; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
643 u8 noLock
; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
644 u8 readOnly
; /* True for a read-only database */
645 u8 memDb
; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
647 /**************************************************************************
648 ** The following block contains those class members that change during
649 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed
650 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
651 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
652 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe
653 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
654 ** "configuration" of the pager.
656 u8 eState
; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
657 u8 eLock
; /* Current lock held on database file */
658 u8 changeCountDone
; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
659 u8 setMaster
; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
660 u8 doNotSpill
; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
661 u8 subjInMemory
; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
662 u8 bUseFetch
; /* True to use xFetch() */
663 u8 hasHeldSharedLock
; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
664 Pgno dbSize
; /* Number of pages in the database */
665 Pgno dbOrigSize
; /* dbSize before the current transaction */
666 Pgno dbFileSize
; /* Number of pages in the database file */
667 Pgno dbHintSize
; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
668 int errCode
; /* One of several kinds of errors */
669 int nRec
; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
670 u32 cksumInit
; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
671 u32 nSubRec
; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
672 Bitvec
*pInJournal
; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
673 sqlite3_file
*fd
; /* File descriptor for database */
674 sqlite3_file
*jfd
; /* File descriptor for main journal */
675 sqlite3_file
*sjfd
; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
676 i64 journalOff
; /* Current write offset in the journal file */
677 i64 journalHdr
; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
678 sqlite3_backup
*pBackup
; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
679 PagerSavepoint
*aSavepoint
; /* Array of active savepoints */
680 int nSavepoint
; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
681 u32 iDataVersion
; /* Changes whenever database content changes */
682 char dbFileVers
[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
684 int nMmapOut
; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
685 sqlite3_int64 szMmap
; /* Desired maximum mmap size */
686 PgHdr
*pMmapFreelist
; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
688 ** End of the routinely-changing class members
689 ***************************************************************************/
691 u16 nExtra
; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
692 i16 nReserve
; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
693 u32 vfsFlags
; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
694 u32 sectorSize
; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
695 int pageSize
; /* Number of bytes in a page */
696 Pgno mxPgno
; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
697 i64 journalSizeLimit
; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
698 char *zFilename
; /* Name of the database file */
699 char *zJournal
; /* Name of the journal file */
700 int (*xBusyHandler
)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
701 void *pBusyHandlerArg
; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
702 int aStat
[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
704 int nRead
; /* Database pages read */
706 void (*xReiniter
)(DbPage
*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
707 int (*xGet
)(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
709 void *(*xCodec
)(void*,void*,Pgno
,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
710 void (*xCodecSizeChng
)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
711 void (*xCodecFree
)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */
712 void *pCodec
; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
714 char *pTmpSpace
; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
715 PCache
*pPCache
; /* Pointer to page cache object */
716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
717 Wal
*pWal
; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
718 char *zWal
; /* File name for write-ahead log */
723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0
728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1
729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
732 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
733 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in
734 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe.
737 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count
= 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */
738 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count
= 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count
= 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */
740 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++
742 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
748 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
749 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
751 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
752 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being
753 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
754 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
755 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
756 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
757 ** journal and ignore it.
759 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
760 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
761 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
762 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
763 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
764 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
765 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
766 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
767 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
768 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
770 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic
[] = {
771 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
775 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
776 ** the following macro.
778 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
781 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
782 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
784 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
787 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
788 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
789 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
790 ** out code that would never execute.
792 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
795 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
799 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
800 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
802 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
803 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
805 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
809 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
811 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
814 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
815 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
817 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
819 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
823 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
825 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
828 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno.
829 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database.
831 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ)
832 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno pgno
){
835 if( pPager
->pWal
==0 ) return 0;
836 rc
= sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager
->pWal
, pgno
, &iRead
);
840 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
841 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
843 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
844 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
845 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
846 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
847 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
854 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
856 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
857 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
859 static int assert_pager_state(Pager
*p
){
862 /* State must be valid. */
863 assert( p
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
864 || p
->eState
==PAGER_READER
865 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
866 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
867 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
868 || p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
869 || p
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
872 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
873 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
874 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
876 assert( p
->tempFile
==0 || p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
877 assert( p
->tempFile
==0 || pPager
->changeCountDone
);
879 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
880 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
882 assert( p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
|| p
->useJournal
);
883 assert( p
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
|| !isOpen(p
->jfd
) );
885 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
886 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
887 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
888 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
889 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
890 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
894 assert( !isOpen(p
->fd
) );
896 assert( p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
897 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
899 assert( p
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
&& p
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
);
900 assert( pagerUseWal(p
)==0 );
903 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
906 assert( pPager
->changeCountDone
==0 || pPager
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
);
907 assert( p
->eLock
!=PENDING_LOCK
);
912 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
913 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
917 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
918 assert( p
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
919 assert( p
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
922 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
:
923 assert( p
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
924 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
925 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
926 assert( p
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
);
928 assert( pPager
->dbSize
==pPager
->dbOrigSize
);
929 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbFileSize
);
930 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbHintSize
);
931 assert( pPager
->setMaster
==0 );
934 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
:
935 assert( p
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
936 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
937 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
938 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
939 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
940 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
941 ** to journal_mode=wal.
943 assert( p
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
);
944 assert( isOpen(p
->jfd
)
945 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
946 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
949 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbFileSize
);
950 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
==pPager
->dbHintSize
);
953 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
:
954 assert( p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
955 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
956 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
957 assert( p
->eLock
>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
958 assert( isOpen(p
->jfd
)
959 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
960 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
961 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
963 assert( pPager
->dbOrigSize
<=pPager
->dbHintSize
);
966 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
:
967 assert( p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
968 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
969 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
970 assert( isOpen(p
->jfd
)
971 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
972 || p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
973 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
978 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
979 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
980 ** back to OPEN state.
982 assert( pPager
->errCode
!=SQLITE_OK
);
983 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)>0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
989 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
993 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
994 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
995 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
996 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
998 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
1000 static char *print_pager_state(Pager
*p
){
1001 static char zRet
[1024];
1003 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet
,
1005 "State: %s errCode=%d\n"
1007 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n"
1008 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n"
1009 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1010 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1011 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1013 , p
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
? "OPEN" :
1014 p
->eState
==PAGER_READER
? "READER" :
1015 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1016 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1017 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1018 p
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1019 p
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1021 , p
->eLock
==NO_LOCK
? "NO_LOCK" :
1022 p
->eLock
==RESERVED_LOCK
? "RESERVED" :
1023 p
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1024 p
->eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
? "SHARED" :
1025 p
->eLock
==UNKNOWN_LOCK
? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1026 , p
->exclusiveMode
? "exclusive" : "normal"
1027 , p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
? "memory" :
1028 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
? "off" :
1029 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
? "delete" :
1030 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
? "persist" :
1031 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
? "truncate" :
1032 p
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
? "wal" : "?error?"
1033 , (int)p
->tempFile
, (int)p
->memDb
, (int)p
->useJournal
1034 , p
->journalOff
, p
->journalHdr
1035 , (int)p
->dbSize
, (int)p
->dbOrigSize
, (int)p
->dbFileSize
1042 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1043 static int getPageNormal(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int);
1044 static int getPageError(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int);
1045 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1046 static int getPageMMap(Pager
*,Pgno
,DbPage
**,int);
1050 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1051 ** content from the pager.
1053 static void setGetterMethod(Pager
*pPager
){
1054 if( pPager
->errCode
){
1055 pPager
->xGet
= getPageError
;
1056 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1057 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager
)
1058 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1059 && pPager
->xCodec
==0
1062 pPager
->xGet
= getPageMMap
;
1063 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1065 pPager
->xGet
= getPageNormal
;
1070 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1071 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1072 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1074 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1075 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1076 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1078 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
1079 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
1081 Pgno pgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
1083 for(i
=0; i
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; i
++){
1084 p
= &pPager
->aSavepoint
[i
];
1085 if( p
->nOrig
>=pgno
&& 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p
->pInSavepoint
, pgno
) ){
1094 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1096 static int pageInJournal(Pager
*pPager
, PgHdr
*pPg
){
1097 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager
->pInJournal
, pPg
->pgno
);
1102 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
1103 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1104 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1106 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1108 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file
*fd
, i64 offset
, u32
*pRes
){
1109 unsigned char ac
[4];
1110 int rc
= sqlite3OsRead(fd
, ac
, sizeof(ac
), offset
);
1111 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
1112 *pRes
= sqlite3Get4byte(ac
);
1118 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1120 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1124 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
1125 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1127 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file
*fd
, i64 offset
, u32 val
){
1130 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd
, ac
, 4, offset
);
1134 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1135 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1136 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1138 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1139 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1140 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1142 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager
*pPager
, int eLock
){
1145 assert( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| pPager
->eLock
==eLock
);
1146 assert( eLock
==NO_LOCK
|| eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
);
1147 assert( eLock
!=NO_LOCK
|| pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 );
1148 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
1149 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=eLock
);
1150 rc
= pPager
->noLock
? SQLITE_OK
: sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager
->fd
, eLock
);
1151 if( pPager
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
){
1152 pPager
->eLock
= (u8
)eLock
;
1154 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager
, eLock
))
1160 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1161 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1162 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1164 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1165 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1166 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1169 static int pagerLockDb(Pager
*pPager
, int eLock
){
1172 assert( eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
|| eLock
==RESERVED_LOCK
|| eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
1173 if( pPager
->eLock
<eLock
|| pPager
->eLock
==UNKNOWN_LOCK
){
1174 rc
= pPager
->noLock
? SQLITE_OK
: sqlite3OsLock(pPager
->fd
, eLock
);
1175 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& (pPager
->eLock
!=UNKNOWN_LOCK
||eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
) ){
1176 pPager
->eLock
= (u8
)eLock
;
1177 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager
, eLock
))
1184 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1185 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1186 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1188 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1189 ** a database page may be written atomically, and
1190 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1191 ** to the page size.
1193 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1194 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1196 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1197 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1198 ** returned in this case.
1200 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1202 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager
*pPager
){
1205 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1206 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1207 int dc
; /* Device characteristics */
1209 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
1210 dc
= sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
);
1213 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1214 if( dc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
){
1219 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1221 int nSector
= pPager
->sectorSize
;
1222 int szPage
= pPager
->pageSize
;
1224 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512
==(512>>8));
1225 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K
==(65536>>8));
1226 if( 0==(dc
&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC
|(szPage
>>8)) || nSector
>szPage
) ){
1231 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
);
1238 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1239 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing
1240 ** and debugging only.
1242 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1244 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1246 static u32
pager_datahash(int nByte
, unsigned char *pData
){
1249 for(i
=0; i
<nByte
; i
++){
1250 hash
= (hash
*1039) + pData
[i
];
1254 static u32
pager_pagehash(PgHdr
*pPage
){
1255 return pager_datahash(pPage
->pPager
->pageSize
, (unsigned char *)pPage
->pData
);
1257 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr
*pPage
){
1258 pPage
->pageHash
= pager_pagehash(pPage
);
1262 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1263 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1264 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1266 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1267 static void checkPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
1268 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
1269 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
1270 assert( (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
) || pPg
->pageHash
==pager_pagehash(pPg
) );
1274 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
1275 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0
1276 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1277 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1278 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1281 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1282 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1283 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1284 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1285 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1287 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1288 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1289 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1290 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1291 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1292 ** were present in the journal.
1294 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1295 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1296 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1297 ** journal file name.
1299 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1300 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1302 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1303 ** error code is returned.
1305 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file
*pJrnl
, char *zMaster
, u32 nMaster
){
1306 int rc
; /* Return code */
1307 u32 len
; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1308 i64 szJ
; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1309 u32 cksum
; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1310 u32 u
; /* Unsigned loop counter */
1311 unsigned char aMagic
[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1314 if( SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl
, &szJ
))
1316 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pJrnl
, szJ
-16, &len
))
1320 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pJrnl
, szJ
-12, &cksum
))
1321 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl
, aMagic
, 8, szJ
-8))
1322 || memcmp(aMagic
, aJournalMagic
, 8)
1323 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl
, zMaster
, len
, szJ
-16-len
))
1328 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1329 for(u
=0; u
<len
; u
++){
1330 cksum
-= zMaster
[u
];
1333 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1334 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1335 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1336 ** master-journal filename.
1340 zMaster
[len
] = '\0';
1346 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1347 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1348 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1350 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1352 ** Pager.journalOff Return value
1353 ** ---------------------------------------
1360 static i64
journalHdrOffset(Pager
*pPager
){
1362 i64 c
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1364 offset
= ((c
-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
1366 assert( offset
%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
)==0 );
1367 assert( offset
>=c
);
1368 assert( (offset
-c
)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) );
1373 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1375 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1376 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1378 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1379 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1380 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1381 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1382 ** after writing or truncating it.
1384 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1385 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1386 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1387 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1388 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1390 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1391 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1393 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager
*pPager
, int doTruncate
){
1394 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
1395 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
1396 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
) );
1397 if( pPager
->journalOff
){
1398 const i64 iLimit
= pPager
->journalSizeLimit
; /* Local cache of jsl */
1400 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager
))
1401 if( doTruncate
|| iLimit
==0 ){
1402 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, 0);
1404 static const char zeroHdr
[28] = {0};
1405 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, zeroHdr
, sizeof(zeroHdr
), 0);
1407 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !pPager
->noSync
){
1408 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY
|pPager
->syncFlags
);
1411 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1412 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1413 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1414 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1415 ** to sync the file following this operation.
1417 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& iLimit
>0 ){
1419 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &sz
);
1420 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& sz
>iLimit
){
1421 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, iLimit
);
1429 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1430 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1431 ** current location.
1433 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1434 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1435 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1436 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1437 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1438 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1439 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1441 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1443 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager
*pPager
){
1444 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
1445 char *zHeader
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
; /* Temporary space used to build header */
1446 u32 nHeader
= (u32
)pPager
->pageSize
;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1447 u32 nWrite
; /* Bytes of header sector written */
1448 int ii
; /* Loop counter */
1450 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1452 if( nHeader
>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) ){
1453 nHeader
= JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
1456 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1457 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1458 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1460 for(ii
=0; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
1461 if( pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].iHdrOffset
==0 ){
1462 pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].iHdrOffset
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1466 pPager
->journalHdr
= pPager
->journalOff
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
1469 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1470 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1471 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1472 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1473 ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1475 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1476 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1477 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1478 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1479 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1480 ** where this risk can be ignored:
1482 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1483 ** power failure in this case anyway.
1485 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1486 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1488 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->noSync
);
1489 if( pPager
->noSync
|| (pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
)
1490 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND
)
1492 memcpy(zHeader
, aJournalMagic
, sizeof(aJournalMagic
));
1493 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)], 0xffffffff);
1495 memset(zHeader
, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+4);
1498 /* The random check-hash initializer */
1499 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager
->cksumInit
), &pPager
->cksumInit
);
1500 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+4], pPager
->cksumInit
);
1501 /* The initial database size */
1502 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+8], pPager
->dbOrigSize
);
1503 /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1504 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+12], pPager
->sectorSize
);
1507 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+16], pPager
->pageSize
);
1509 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything
1510 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing
1511 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1512 ** take the performance hit.
1514 memset(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+20], 0,
1515 nHeader
-(sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+20));
1517 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1518 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1519 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1520 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1521 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1523 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1524 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1525 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1526 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1529 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1530 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1531 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1532 ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1534 for(nWrite
=0; rc
==SQLITE_OK
&&nWrite
<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
); nWrite
+=nHeader
){
1535 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager
, pPager
->journalHdr
, nHeader
))
1536 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, zHeader
, nHeader
, pPager
->journalOff
);
1537 assert( pPager
->journalHdr
<= pPager
->journalOff
);
1538 pPager
->journalOff
+= nHeader
;
1545 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1546 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1547 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1548 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1549 ** a description of the journal header format.
1551 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1552 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1553 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1554 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1557 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1558 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1559 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1561 static int readJournalHdr(
1562 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
1564 i64 journalSize
, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1565 u32
*pNRec
, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1566 u32
*pDbSize
/* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1568 int rc
; /* Return code */
1569 unsigned char aMagic
[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1570 i64 iHdrOff
; /* Offset of journal header being read */
1572 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ); /* Journal file must be open. */
1574 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1575 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1576 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1578 pPager
->journalOff
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
1579 if( pPager
->journalOff
+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) > journalSize
){
1582 iHdrOff
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1584 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1585 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1586 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1589 if( isHot
|| iHdrOff
!=pPager
->journalHdr
){
1590 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->jfd
, aMagic
, sizeof(aMagic
), iHdrOff
);
1594 if( memcmp(aMagic
, aJournalMagic
, sizeof(aMagic
))!=0 ){
1599 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1600 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1601 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1603 if( SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+8, pNRec
))
1604 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+12, &pPager
->cksumInit
))
1605 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+16, pDbSize
))
1610 if( pPager
->journalOff
==0 ){
1611 u32 iPageSize
; /* Page-size field of journal header */
1612 u32 iSectorSize
; /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1614 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1615 if( SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+20, &iSectorSize
))
1616 || SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= read32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+24, &iPageSize
))
1621 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1622 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1623 ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1626 iPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
;
1629 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1630 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1631 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1632 ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1634 if( iPageSize
<512 || iSectorSize
<32
1635 || iPageSize
>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
|| iSectorSize
>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1636 || ((iPageSize
-1)&iPageSize
)!=0 || ((iSectorSize
-1)&iSectorSize
)!=0
1638 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1639 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1640 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1641 ** the journal file here.
1646 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1647 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1648 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1650 rc
= sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager
, &iPageSize
, -1);
1651 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
1653 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1654 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1655 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1656 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1657 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1659 pPager
->sectorSize
= iSectorSize
;
1662 pPager
->journalOff
+= JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
1668 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1669 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1670 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1671 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1672 ** anything is written. The format is:
1674 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1675 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1676 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1677 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1678 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1680 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1681 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1683 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1684 ** this call is a no-op.
1686 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager
*pPager
, const char *zMaster
){
1687 int rc
; /* Return code */
1688 int nMaster
; /* Length of string zMaster */
1689 i64 iHdrOff
; /* Offset of header in journal file */
1690 i64 jrnlSize
; /* Size of journal file on disk */
1691 u32 cksum
= 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1693 assert( pPager
->setMaster
==0 );
1694 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
1697 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1698 || !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
)
1702 pPager
->setMaster
= 1;
1703 assert( pPager
->journalHdr
<= pPager
->journalOff
);
1705 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1706 for(nMaster
=0; zMaster
[nMaster
]; nMaster
++){
1707 cksum
+= zMaster
[nMaster
];
1710 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1711 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1712 ** the journal has already been synced.
1714 if( pPager
->fullSync
){
1715 pPager
->journalOff
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
1717 iHdrOff
= pPager
->journalOff
;
1719 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1720 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1722 if( (0 != (rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager
))))
1723 || (0 != (rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, zMaster
, nMaster
, iHdrOff
+4)))
1724 || (0 != (rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+4+nMaster
, nMaster
)))
1725 || (0 != (rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iHdrOff
+4+nMaster
+4, cksum
)))
1726 || (0 != (rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, aJournalMagic
, 8,
1727 iHdrOff
+4+nMaster
+8)))
1731 pPager
->journalOff
+= (nMaster
+20);
1733 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1734 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1735 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1736 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1737 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1738 ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1740 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1741 ** file to the required size.
1743 if( SQLITE_OK
==(rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &jrnlSize
))
1744 && jrnlSize
>pPager
->journalOff
1746 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->journalOff
);
1752 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1754 static void pager_reset(Pager
*pPager
){
1755 pPager
->iDataVersion
++;
1756 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager
->pBackup
);
1757 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager
->pPCache
);
1761 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1763 u32
sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager
*pPager
){
1764 assert( pPager
->eState
>PAGER_OPEN
);
1765 return pPager
->iDataVersion
;
1769 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1770 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1771 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1773 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager
*pPager
){
1774 int ii
; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1775 for(ii
=0; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
1776 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].pInSavepoint
);
1778 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
1779 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->sjfd
);
1781 sqlite3_free(pPager
->aSavepoint
);
1782 pPager
->aSavepoint
= 0;
1783 pPager
->nSavepoint
= 0;
1784 pPager
->nSubRec
= 0;
1788 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1789 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1790 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1792 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno pgno
){
1793 int ii
; /* Loop counter */
1794 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Result code */
1796 for(ii
=0; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
1797 PagerSavepoint
*p
= &pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
];
1798 if( pgno
<=p
->nOrig
){
1799 rc
|= sqlite3BitvecSet(p
->pInSavepoint
, pgno
);
1800 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
1801 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
1808 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1809 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1812 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1813 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1814 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1815 ** closed (if it is open).
1817 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1818 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1819 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1820 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1821 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1822 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1824 static void pager_unlock(Pager
*pPager
){
1826 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
1827 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
1828 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
1831 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->pInJournal
);
1832 pPager
->pInJournal
= 0;
1833 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager
);
1835 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
1836 assert( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
1837 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
1838 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
1839 }else if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
1840 int rc
; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1841 int iDc
= isOpen(pPager
->fd
)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
):0;
1843 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1844 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise
1845 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1846 ** out from under us.
1848 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
& 5)!=1 );
1849 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
& 5)!=1 );
1850 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
& 5)!=1 );
1851 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
& 5)!=1 );
1852 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
& 5)==1 );
1853 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
& 5)==1 );
1854 if( 0==(iDc
& SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
)
1855 || 1!=(pPager
->journalMode
& 5)
1857 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
1860 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1861 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1862 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1865 rc
= pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, NO_LOCK
);
1866 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
){
1867 pPager
->eLock
= UNKNOWN_LOCK
;
1870 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1871 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1872 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1874 assert( pPager
->errCode
|| pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
1875 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 0;
1876 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
1879 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1880 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1881 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1882 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1884 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
|| !MEMDB
);
1885 if( pPager
->errCode
){
1886 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ){
1887 pager_reset(pPager
);
1888 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 0;
1889 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
1891 pPager
->eState
= (isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ? PAGER_OPEN
: PAGER_READER
);
1893 if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, 0, 0);
1894 pPager
->errCode
= SQLITE_OK
;
1895 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
1898 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
1899 pPager
->journalHdr
= 0;
1900 pPager
->setMaster
= 0;
1904 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1905 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1906 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1907 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1908 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1910 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1911 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1912 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1913 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1915 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1916 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1917 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1918 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1919 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1920 ** it were a hot-journal).
1922 static int pager_error(Pager
*pPager
, int rc
){
1923 int rc2
= rc
& 0xff;
1924 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| !MEMDB
);
1926 pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_FULL
||
1927 pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
||
1928 (pPager
->errCode
& 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1930 if( rc2
==SQLITE_FULL
|| rc2
==SQLITE_IOERR
){
1931 pPager
->errCode
= rc
;
1932 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_ERROR
;
1933 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
1938 static int pager_truncate(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno nPage
);
1941 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1942 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1944 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1948 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary
1949 ** for transactions to be durable.
1951 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1952 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1953 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1956 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager
*pPager
, int bCommit
){
1957 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ) return 1;
1958 if( !bCommit
) return 0;
1959 if( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ) return 0;
1960 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager
->pPCache
)>=25);
1964 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1965 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1966 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1967 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1968 ** database transaction.
1970 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1971 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1972 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1974 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1976 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1977 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1978 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1979 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1980 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1981 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1983 ** journalMode==MEMORY
1984 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1985 ** in-memory journal.
1987 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE
1988 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1990 ** journalMode==PERSIST
1991 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1992 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1993 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1995 ** journalMode==DELETE
1996 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1998 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1999 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
2000 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
2001 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
2003 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
2004 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2005 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2007 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2008 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2009 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2010 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2011 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2012 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2013 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2016 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager
*pPager
, int hasMaster
, int bCommit
){
2017 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2018 int rc2
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2020 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2021 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2022 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2023 ** held under two circumstances:
2025 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2026 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2028 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2029 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2030 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2031 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2033 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
2034 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
2035 if( pPager
->eState
<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
&& pPager
->eLock
<RESERVED_LOCK
){
2039 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager
);
2040 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) || pPager
->pInJournal
==0
2041 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
2043 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
2044 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
2046 /* Finalize the journal file. */
2047 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
) ){
2048 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2049 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
2050 }else if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
){
2051 if( pPager
->journalOff
==0 ){
2054 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->jfd
, 0);
2055 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->fullSync
){
2056 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2057 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2058 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See
2059 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2061 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->syncFlags
);
2064 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
2065 }else if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2066 || (pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
)
2068 rc
= zeroJournalHdr(pPager
, hasMaster
||pPager
->tempFile
);
2069 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
2071 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2072 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2073 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2074 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2076 int bDelete
= !pPager
->tempFile
;
2077 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
)==0 );
2078 assert( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2079 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2080 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2082 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
2084 rc
= sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->extraSync
);
2089 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2090 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager
->pPCache
, pager_set_pagehash
);
2091 if( pPager
->dbSize
==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)>0 ){
2092 PgHdr
*p
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, 1);
2095 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p
);
2100 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->pInJournal
);
2101 pPager
->pInJournal
= 0;
2103 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2104 if( MEMDB
|| pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager
, bCommit
) ){
2105 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager
->pPCache
);
2107 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager
->pPCache
);
2109 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager
->pPCache
, pPager
->dbSize
);
2112 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
2113 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2114 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2115 ** lock held on the database file.
2117 rc2
= sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
2118 assert( rc2
==SQLITE_OK
);
2119 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bCommit
&& pPager
->dbFileSize
>pPager
->dbSize
){
2120 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2121 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2122 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2123 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2124 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2125 ** required size. */
2126 assert( pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
2127 rc
= pager_truncate(pPager
, pPager
->dbSize
);
2130 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bCommit
&& isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
2131 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO
, 0);
2132 if( rc
==SQLITE_NOTFOUND
) rc
= SQLITE_OK
;
2135 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
2136 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager
) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager
->pWal
, 0))
2138 rc2
= pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
2139 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 0;
2141 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
;
2142 pPager
->setMaster
= 0;
2144 return (rc
==SQLITE_OK
?rc2
:rc
);
2148 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2151 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2152 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2153 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2154 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2155 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2156 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2157 ** will roll it back.
2159 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2160 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2161 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2162 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2164 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager
*pPager
){
2165 if( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
&& pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
){
2166 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
2167 if( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
2168 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2169 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager
);
2170 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2171 }else if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
2172 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
2173 pager_end_transaction(pPager
, 0, 0);
2176 pager_unlock(pPager
);
2180 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2181 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2182 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2184 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2185 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2186 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2187 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2189 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2190 ** incompatible journal file format.
2192 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2193 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2194 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2195 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2196 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2198 static u32
pager_cksum(Pager
*pPager
, const u8
*aData
){
2199 u32 cksum
= pPager
->cksumInit
; /* Checksum value to return */
2200 int i
= pPager
->pageSize
-200; /* Loop counter */
2209 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2212 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2213 static void pagerReportSize(Pager
*pPager
){
2214 if( pPager
->xCodecSizeChng
){
2215 pPager
->xCodecSizeChng(pPager
->pCodec
, pPager
->pageSize
,
2216 (int)pPager
->nReserve
);
2220 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2223 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2225 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2226 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2227 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2229 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager
*pDest
, Pager
*pSrc
){
2230 if( pDest
->nReserve
!=pSrc
->nReserve
){
2231 pDest
->nReserve
= pSrc
->nReserve
;
2232 pagerReportSize(pDest
);
2238 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2239 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2240 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2241 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2243 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2246 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2247 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2248 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2250 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2251 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2252 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2253 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2254 ** prior to returning.
2256 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2257 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2258 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2259 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2260 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2261 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2262 ** two circumstances:
2264 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2265 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2266 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2268 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2270 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2271 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2272 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2274 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2275 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager being played back */
2276 i64
*pOffset
, /* Offset of record to playback */
2277 Bitvec
*pDone
, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2278 int isMainJrnl
, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2279 int isSavepnt
/* True for a savepoint rollback */
2282 PgHdr
*pPg
; /* An existing page in the cache */
2283 Pgno pgno
; /* The page number of a page in journal */
2284 u32 cksum
; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2285 char *aData
; /* Temporary storage for the page */
2286 sqlite3_file
*jfd
; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2287 int isSynced
; /* True if journal page is synced */
2288 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2289 /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2290 ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2291 const int jrnlEnc
= (isMainJrnl
|| pPager
->subjInMemory
==0);
2294 assert( (isMainJrnl
&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2295 assert( (isSavepnt
&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2296 assert( isMainJrnl
|| pDone
); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2297 assert( isSavepnt
|| pDone
==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2299 aData
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
2300 assert( aData
); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2301 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 || (!isMainJrnl
&& isSavepnt
) );
2303 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2304 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2305 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2306 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2307 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2309 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2310 || (pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
&& pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
)
2312 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
|| isMainJrnl
);
2314 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2315 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2317 jfd
= isMainJrnl
? pPager
->jfd
: pPager
->sjfd
;
2318 rc
= read32bits(jfd
, *pOffset
, &pgno
);
2319 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
2320 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(jfd
, (u8
*)aData
, pPager
->pageSize
, (*pOffset
)+4);
2321 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
2322 *pOffset
+= pPager
->pageSize
+ 4 + isMainJrnl
*4;
2324 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally
2325 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2326 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to
2327 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2329 if( pgno
==0 || pgno
==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager
) ){
2330 assert( !isSavepnt
);
2333 if( pgno
>(Pgno
)pPager
->dbSize
|| sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone
, pgno
) ){
2337 rc
= read32bits(jfd
, (*pOffset
)-4, &cksum
);
2339 if( !isSavepnt
&& pager_cksum(pPager
, (u8
*)aData
)!=cksum
){
2344 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2345 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2347 if( pDone
&& (rc
= sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone
, pgno
))!=SQLITE_OK
){
2351 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2353 if( pgno
==1 && pPager
->nReserve
!=((u8
*)aData
)[20] ){
2354 pPager
->nReserve
= ((u8
*)aData
)[20];
2355 pagerReportSize(pPager
);
2358 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2359 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2360 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2362 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2363 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2364 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2365 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2366 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2369 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2370 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2371 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2372 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2373 ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2375 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
2376 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2377 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2378 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a
2379 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2380 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2381 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2382 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2383 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be
2384 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2385 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2386 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2387 ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2389 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2390 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2391 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2393 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
2396 pPg
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pgno
);
2398 assert( pPg
|| !MEMDB
);
2399 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
|| pPg
==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
2400 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2401 PAGERID(pPager
), pgno
, pager_datahash(pPager
->pageSize
, (u8
*)aData
),
2402 (isMainJrnl
?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2405 isSynced
= pPager
->noSync
|| (*pOffset
<= pPager
->journalHdr
);
2407 isSynced
= (pPg
==0 || 0==(pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
));
2409 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
)
2410 && (pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
)
2413 i64 ofst
= (pgno
-1)*(i64
)pPager
->pageSize
;
2414 testcase( !isSavepnt
&& pPg
!=0 && (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)!=0 );
2415 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
2417 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2418 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2419 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2420 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2421 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2423 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2425 CODEC2(pPager
, aData
, pgno
, 7, rc
=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
, aData
);
2426 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, (u8
*)aData
, pPager
->pageSize
, ofst
);
2427 CODEC1(pPager
, aData
, pgno
, 3, rc
=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
);
2430 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, (u8
*)aData
, pPager
->pageSize
, ofst
);
2432 if( pgno
>pPager
->dbFileSize
){
2433 pPager
->dbFileSize
= pgno
;
2435 if( pPager
->pBackup
){
2436 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2438 CODEC1(pPager
, aData
, pgno
, 3, rc
=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
);
2439 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager
->pBackup
, pgno
, (u8
*)aData
);
2440 CODEC2(pPager
, aData
, pgno
, 7, rc
=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
,aData
);
2443 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager
->pBackup
, pgno
, (u8
*)aData
);
2445 }else if( !isMainJrnl
&& pPg
==0 ){
2446 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2447 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2448 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2449 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2452 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2453 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2454 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2455 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2457 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2458 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2459 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2460 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2462 assert( isSavepnt
);
2463 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
)==0 );
2464 pPager
->doNotSpill
|= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
;
2465 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, pgno
, &pPg
, 1);
2466 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
)!=0 );
2467 pPager
->doNotSpill
&= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
;
2468 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
2469 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg
);
2472 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2473 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2474 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2475 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2476 ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2480 memcpy(pData
, (u8
*)aData
, pPager
->pageSize
);
2481 pPager
->xReiniter(pPg
);
2482 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But
2483 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2484 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2485 ** has been removed. */
2486 pager_set_pagehash(pPg
);
2488 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2489 ** Do this before any decoding. */
2491 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, &((u8
*)pData
)[24],sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
2494 /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2495 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2496 if( jrnlEnc
){ CODEC1(pPager
, pData
, pPg
->pgno
, 3, rc
=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
); }
2498 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
2504 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2505 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2506 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2507 ** and does so if it is.
2509 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2510 ** available for use within this function.
2512 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2513 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2514 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2515 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2516 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2518 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2520 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2521 ** journals have been rolled back.
2523 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2524 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2525 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2527 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so
2528 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2531 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2532 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2533 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2534 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2536 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2537 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2538 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2539 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2541 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2542 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2543 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2546 static int pager_delmaster(Pager
*pPager
, const char *zMaster
){
2547 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
2548 int rc
; /* Return code */
2549 sqlite3_file
*pMaster
; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2550 sqlite3_file
*pJournal
; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2551 char *zMasterJournal
= 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2552 i64 nMasterJournal
; /* Size of master journal file */
2553 char *zJournal
; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2554 char *zMasterPtr
; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2555 int nMasterPtr
; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2557 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2558 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2560 pMaster
= (sqlite3_file
*)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs
->szOsFile
* 2);
2561 pJournal
= (sqlite3_file
*)(((u8
*)pMaster
) + pVfs
->szOsFile
);
2563 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
2565 const int flags
= (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
);
2566 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, zMaster
, pMaster
, flags
, 0);
2568 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto delmaster_out
;
2570 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2571 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain
2572 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2573 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2575 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster
, &nMasterJournal
);
2576 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto delmaster_out
;
2577 nMasterPtr
= pVfs
->mxPathname
+1;
2578 zMasterJournal
= sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal
+ nMasterPtr
+ 1);
2579 if( !zMasterJournal
){
2580 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
2583 zMasterPtr
= &zMasterJournal
[nMasterJournal
+1];
2584 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pMaster
, zMasterJournal
, (int)nMasterJournal
, 0);
2585 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto delmaster_out
;
2586 zMasterJournal
[nMasterJournal
] = 0;
2588 zJournal
= zMasterJournal
;
2589 while( (zJournal
-zMasterJournal
)<nMasterJournal
){
2591 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs
, zJournal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &exists
);
2592 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2596 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2597 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2598 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2601 int flags
= (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
);
2602 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, zJournal
, pJournal
, flags
, 0);
2603 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2607 rc
= readMasterJournal(pJournal
, zMasterPtr
, nMasterPtr
);
2608 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal
);
2609 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2613 c
= zMasterPtr
[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr
, zMaster
)==0;
2615 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2619 zJournal
+= (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal
)+1);
2622 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster
);
2623 rc
= sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs
, zMaster
, 0);
2626 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal
);
2628 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster
);
2629 assert( !isOpen(pJournal
) );
2630 sqlite3_free(pMaster
);
2637 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2638 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2639 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2641 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2642 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2643 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2644 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2645 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2647 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2648 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2649 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2650 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2651 ** the end of the new file instead.
2653 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2654 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2656 static int pager_truncate(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno nPage
){
2658 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
2659 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_READER
);
2661 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
)
2662 && (pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
)
2664 i64 currentSize
, newSize
;
2665 int szPage
= pPager
->pageSize
;
2666 assert( pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
2667 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2668 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->fd
, ¤tSize
);
2669 newSize
= szPage
*(i64
)nPage
;
2670 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& currentSize
!=newSize
){
2671 if( currentSize
>newSize
){
2672 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->fd
, newSize
);
2673 }else if( (currentSize
+szPage
)<=newSize
){
2674 char *pTmp
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
2675 memset(pTmp
, 0, szPage
);
2676 testcase( (newSize
-szPage
) == currentSize
);
2677 testcase( (newSize
-szPage
) > currentSize
);
2678 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, pTmp
, szPage
, newSize
-szPage
);
2680 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2681 pPager
->dbFileSize
= nPage
;
2689 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2690 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2692 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file
*pFile
){
2693 int iRet
= sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile
);
2696 }else if( iRet
>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
){
2697 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
>=512 );
2698 iRet
= MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
;
2704 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2705 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2706 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2707 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2708 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2710 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2712 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2713 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2714 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2715 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2717 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2718 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of
2719 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2720 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2721 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2722 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2723 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2724 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2726 static void setSectorSize(Pager
*pPager
){
2727 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->tempFile
);
2729 if( pPager
->tempFile
2730 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
) &
2731 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE
)!=0
2733 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2734 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2735 ** call will segfault. */
2736 pPager
->sectorSize
= 512;
2738 pPager
->sectorSize
= sqlite3SectorSize(pPager
->fd
);
2743 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2744 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2746 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2748 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2749 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2750 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2751 ** number of page records from the journal size.
2752 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2754 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2755 ** database to during a rollback.
2756 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
2757 ** is this many bytes in size.
2758 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2759 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size.
2760 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2761 ** + 4 byte page number.
2762 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2763 ** + 4 byte checksum
2765 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2766 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2768 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
2769 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
2770 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power
2771 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2772 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2773 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case,
2774 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For
2775 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2777 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2778 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the
2779 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption
2780 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be
2781 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2783 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2784 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2785 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2786 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2787 ** been encountered.
2789 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2790 ** and an error code is returned.
2792 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2793 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is
2794 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2795 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2796 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2799 static int pager_playback(Pager
*pPager
, int isHot
){
2800 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
2801 i64 szJ
; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2802 u32 nRec
; /* Number of Records in the journal */
2803 u32 u
; /* Unsigned loop counter */
2804 Pgno mxPg
= 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */
2805 int rc
; /* Result code of a subroutine */
2806 int res
= 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2807 char *zMaster
= 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */
2808 int needPagerReset
; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2809 int nPlayback
= 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2810 u32 savedPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
;
2812 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if
2813 ** the journal is empty.
2815 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
2816 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &szJ
);
2817 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2821 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2822 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2823 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2826 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2827 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2828 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2829 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2832 zMaster
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
2833 rc
= readMasterJournal(pPager
->jfd
, zMaster
, pPager
->pVfs
->mxPathname
+1);
2834 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& zMaster
[0] ){
2835 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs
, zMaster
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &res
);
2838 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| !res
){
2841 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
2842 needPagerReset
= isHot
;
2844 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2845 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2849 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
2850 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2851 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2852 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2854 rc
= readJournalHdr(pPager
, isHot
, szJ
, &nRec
, &mxPg
);
2855 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2856 if( rc
==SQLITE_DONE
){
2862 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2863 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2864 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2865 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2867 if( nRec
==0xffffffff ){
2868 assert( pPager
->journalOff
==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) );
2869 nRec
= (int)((szJ
- JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
));
2872 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2873 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2874 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2875 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2876 ** size of the file.
2878 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2879 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2880 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But
2881 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2882 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2883 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2884 ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2886 if( nRec
==0 && !isHot
&&
2887 pPager
->journalHdr
+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
)==pPager
->journalOff
){
2888 nRec
= (int)((szJ
- pPager
->journalOff
) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
));
2891 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2892 ** database file back to its original size.
2894 if( pPager
->journalOff
==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) ){
2895 rc
= pager_truncate(pPager
, mxPg
);
2896 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
2899 pPager
->dbSize
= mxPg
;
2902 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2903 ** database file and/or page cache.
2905 for(u
=0; u
<nRec
; u
++){
2906 if( needPagerReset
){
2907 pager_reset(pPager
);
2910 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
,&pPager
->journalOff
,0,1,0);
2911 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2914 if( rc
==SQLITE_DONE
){
2915 pPager
->journalOff
= szJ
;
2917 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
2918 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2919 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2920 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that
2921 ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2922 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2926 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2927 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2928 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next
2929 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2940 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2941 rc
= sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager
, &savedPageSize
, -1);
2943 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2944 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2945 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2946 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2949 if( pPager
->fd
->pMethods
){
2950 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED
,0);
2954 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2955 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2956 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2957 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2958 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2959 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2960 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2961 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2963 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
;
2965 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2966 zMaster
= pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
2967 rc
= readMasterJournal(pPager
->jfd
, zMaster
, pPager
->pVfs
->mxPathname
+1);
2968 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
2971 && (pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
)
2973 rc
= sqlite3PagerSync(pPager
, 0);
2975 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
2976 rc
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, zMaster
[0]!='\0', 0);
2977 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
2979 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& zMaster
[0] && res
){
2980 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2981 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2983 rc
= pager_delmaster(pPager
, zMaster
);
2984 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
2986 if( isHot
&& nPlayback
){
2987 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK
, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2988 nPlayback
, pPager
->zJournal
);
2991 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2992 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2993 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2995 setSectorSize(pPager
);
3001 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
3002 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
3003 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
3004 ** file before this function is called.
3006 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
3007 ** the value read from the database file.
3009 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
3010 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3012 static int readDbPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
3013 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
3014 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
3015 u32 iFrame
= 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
3017 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
&& !MEMDB
);
3018 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
3020 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3021 rc
= sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager
->pWal
, pPg
->pgno
, &iFrame
);
3025 rc
= sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager
->pWal
, iFrame
,pPager
->pageSize
,pPg
->pData
);
3027 i64 iOffset
= (pPg
->pgno
-1)*(i64
)pPager
->pageSize
;
3028 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->fd
, pPg
->pData
, pPager
->pageSize
, iOffset
);
3029 if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
3036 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3037 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy
3038 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be
3039 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3040 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling
3041 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3043 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes
3044 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of
3045 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3046 ** we should still be ok.
3048 memset(pPager
->dbFileVers
, 0xff, sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
3050 u8
*dbFileVers
= &((u8
*)pPg
->pData
)[24];
3051 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, dbFileVers
, sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
3054 CODEC1(pPager
, pPg
->pData
, pPg
->pgno
, 3, rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
);
3056 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count
);
3057 PAGER_INCR(pPager
->nRead
);
3058 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
));
3059 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3060 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
, pager_pagehash(pPg
)));
3066 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3067 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3069 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3070 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3071 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3073 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr
*pPg
){
3076 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3077 change_counter
= sqlite3Get4byte((u8
*)pPg
->pPager
->dbFileVers
)+1;
3078 put32bits(((char*)pPg
->pData
)+24, change_counter
);
3080 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3081 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3083 put32bits(((char*)pPg
->pData
)+92, change_counter
);
3084 put32bits(((char*)pPg
->pData
)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
);
3087 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3089 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3090 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3091 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3092 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3094 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3095 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3096 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3097 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3098 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3100 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx
, Pgno iPg
){
3102 Pager
*pPager
= (Pager
*)pCtx
;
3105 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
3106 pPg
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, iPg
);
3108 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg
)==1 ){
3109 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg
);
3111 rc
= readDbPage(pPg
);
3112 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3113 pPager
->xReiniter(pPg
);
3115 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg
);
3119 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3120 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3121 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3122 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3123 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3124 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3125 ** the backups must be restarted.
3127 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager
->pBackup
);
3133 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3135 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager
*pPager
){
3136 int rc
; /* Return Code */
3137 PgHdr
*pList
; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3139 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3140 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3143 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3144 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3146 pPager
->dbSize
= pPager
->dbOrigSize
;
3147 rc
= sqlite3WalUndo(pPager
->pWal
, pagerUndoCallback
, (void *)pPager
);
3148 pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
3149 while( pList
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3150 PgHdr
*pNext
= pList
->pDirty
;
3151 rc
= pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager
, pList
->pgno
);
3159 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3160 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3161 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3164 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3165 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3167 static int pagerWalFrames(
3168 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
3169 PgHdr
*pList
, /* List of frames to log */
3170 Pgno nTruncate
, /* Database size after this commit */
3171 int isCommit
/* True if this is a commit */
3173 int rc
; /* Return code */
3174 int nList
; /* Number of pages in pList */
3175 PgHdr
*p
; /* For looping over pages */
3177 assert( pPager
->pWal
);
3180 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3181 for(p
=pList
; p
&& p
->pDirty
; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3182 assert( p
->pgno
< p
->pDirty
->pgno
);
3186 assert( pList
->pDirty
==0 || isCommit
);
3188 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3189 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3190 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3192 PgHdr
**ppNext
= &pList
;
3194 for(p
=pList
; (*ppNext
= p
)!=0; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3195 if( p
->pgno
<=nTruncate
){
3196 ppNext
= &p
->pDirty
;
3204 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
] += nList
;
3206 if( pList
->pgno
==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList
);
3207 rc
= sqlite3WalFrames(pPager
->pWal
,
3208 pPager
->pageSize
, pList
, nTruncate
, isCommit
, pPager
->walSyncFlags
3210 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->pBackup
){
3211 for(p
=pList
; p
; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3212 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager
->pBackup
, p
->pgno
, (u8
*)p
->pData
);
3216 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3217 pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
3218 for(p
=pList
; p
; p
=p
->pDirty
){
3219 pager_set_pagehash(p
);
3227 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3229 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3230 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3231 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3232 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3234 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager
*pPager
){
3235 int rc
; /* Return code */
3236 int changed
= 0; /* True if cache must be reset */
3238 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
3239 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
3241 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3242 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we
3243 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3244 ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3246 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
3248 rc
= sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager
->pWal
, &changed
);
3249 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| changed
){
3250 pager_reset(pPager
);
3251 if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, 0, 0);
3259 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3260 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3261 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3263 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3264 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3265 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3267 static int pagerPagecount(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno
*pnPage
){
3268 Pgno nPage
; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3270 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3271 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3272 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3273 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3274 ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3276 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
3277 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
3278 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
3279 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
3280 nPage
= sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager
->pWal
);
3282 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3283 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3284 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an
3285 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3287 if( nPage
==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager
->fd
)) ){
3288 i64 n
= 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */
3289 int rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->fd
, &n
);
3290 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
3293 nPage
= (Pgno
)((n
+pPager
->pageSize
-1) / pPager
->pageSize
);
3296 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3297 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3298 ** that the file can be read.
3300 if( nPage
>pPager
->mxPgno
){
3301 pPager
->mxPgno
= (Pgno
)nPage
;
3308 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3310 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3311 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3312 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3314 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3315 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3316 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3317 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3319 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3321 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3322 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3323 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3324 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3325 ** other connection.
3327 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager
*pPager
){
3329 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
3330 assert( pPager
->eLock
>=SHARED_LOCK
);
3332 if( !pPager
->tempFile
){
3333 int isWal
; /* True if WAL file exists */
3334 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(
3335 pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zWal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &isWal
3337 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3339 Pgno nPage
; /* Size of the database file */
3341 rc
= pagerPagecount(pPager
, &nPage
);
3344 rc
= sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zWal
, 0);
3346 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 );
3347 rc
= sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager
, 0);
3349 }else if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
){
3350 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
;
3359 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3360 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3361 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3364 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3365 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3366 ** performed in the order specified:
3368 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3369 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3370 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3371 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3373 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3374 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following
3375 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3377 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3378 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3379 ** the journal file.
3381 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3382 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3383 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3384 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3386 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3387 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3389 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3390 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3391 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3392 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3394 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, PagerSavepoint
*pSavepoint
){
3395 i64 szJ
; /* Effective size of the main journal */
3396 i64 iHdrOff
; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3397 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
3398 Bitvec
*pDone
= 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3400 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
3401 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
3403 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3405 pDone
= sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint
->nOrig
);
3407 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
3411 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3412 ** being reverted was opened.
3414 pPager
->dbSize
= pSavepoint
? pSavepoint
->nOrig
: pPager
->dbOrigSize
;
3415 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
;
3417 if( !pSavepoint
&& pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3418 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager
);
3421 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3422 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in
3423 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything
3424 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3426 szJ
= pPager
->journalOff
;
3427 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 || szJ
==0 );
3429 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3430 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3431 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3432 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3433 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they
3436 if( pSavepoint
&& !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3437 iHdrOff
= pSavepoint
->iHdrOffset
? pSavepoint
->iHdrOffset
: szJ
;
3438 pPager
->journalOff
= pSavepoint
->iOffset
;
3439 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->journalOff
<iHdrOff
){
3440 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
, &pPager
->journalOff
, pDone
, 1, 1);
3442 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3444 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
3447 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3448 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3449 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3450 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3452 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->journalOff
<szJ
){
3453 u32 ii
; /* Loop counter */
3454 u32 nJRec
= 0; /* Number of Journal Records */
3456 rc
= readJournalHdr(pPager
, 0, szJ
, &nJRec
, &dummy
);
3457 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3460 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3461 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the
3462 ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3465 && pPager
->journalHdr
+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
)==pPager
->journalOff
3467 nJRec
= (u32
)((szJ
- pPager
->journalOff
)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager
));
3469 for(ii
=0; rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& ii
<nJRec
&& pPager
->journalOff
<szJ
; ii
++){
3470 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
, &pPager
->journalOff
, pDone
, 1, 1);
3472 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3474 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| pPager
->journalOff
>=szJ
);
3476 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were
3477 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3478 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3481 u32 ii
; /* Loop counter */
3482 i64 offset
= (i64
)pSavepoint
->iSubRec
*(4+pPager
->pageSize
);
3484 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
3485 rc
= sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager
->pWal
, pSavepoint
->aWalData
);
3487 for(ii
=pSavepoint
->iSubRec
; rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& ii
<pPager
->nSubRec
; ii
++){
3488 assert( offset
==(i64
)ii
*(4+pPager
->pageSize
) );
3489 rc
= pager_playback_one_page(pPager
, &offset
, pDone
, 0, 1);
3491 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
3494 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone
);
3495 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3496 pPager
->journalOff
= szJ
;
3503 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3504 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3506 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager
*pPager
, int mxPage
){
3507 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager
->pPCache
, mxPage
);
3511 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3512 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3514 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager
*pPager
, int mxPage
){
3515 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager
->pPCache
, mxPage
);
3519 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3521 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager
*pPager
){
3522 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3523 sqlite3_file
*fd
= pPager
->fd
;
3524 if( isOpen(fd
) && fd
->pMethods
->iVersion
>=3 ){
3526 sz
= pPager
->szMmap
;
3527 pPager
->bUseFetch
= (sz
>0);
3528 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
3529 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE
, &sz
);
3535 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3537 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3_int64 szMmap
){
3538 pPager
->szMmap
= szMmap
;
3539 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
3543 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3545 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager
*pPager
){
3546 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager
->pPCache
);
3550 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3552 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3553 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3554 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3555 ** There are four levels:
3557 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default
3558 ** for temporary and transient files.
3560 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3561 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but
3562 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3563 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3564 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database
3565 ** when it is rolled back.
3567 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3568 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3569 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two
3570 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a
3571 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3572 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3573 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3575 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3576 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3577 ** journal is unlinked.
3579 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues
3580 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3581 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3582 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3583 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for
3584 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL
3585 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3586 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL
3587 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3589 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The
3590 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3591 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3592 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3593 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the
3594 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3595 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3597 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3600 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3601 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3602 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager to set safety level for */
3603 unsigned pgFlags
/* Various flags */
3605 unsigned level
= pgFlags
& PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK
;
3606 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
3608 pPager
->fullSync
= 0;
3609 pPager
->extraSync
= 0;
3611 pPager
->noSync
= level
==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF
?1:0;
3612 pPager
->fullSync
= level
>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL
?1:0;
3613 pPager
->extraSync
= level
==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA
?1:0;
3615 if( pPager
->noSync
){
3616 pPager
->syncFlags
= 0;
3617 }else if( pgFlags
& PAGER_FULLFSYNC
){
3618 pPager
->syncFlags
= SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
;
3620 pPager
->syncFlags
= SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
;
3622 pPager
->walSyncFlags
= (pPager
->syncFlags
<<2);
3623 if( pPager
->fullSync
){
3624 pPager
->walSyncFlags
|= pPager
->syncFlags
;
3626 if( (pgFlags
& PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC
) && !pPager
->noSync
){
3627 pPager
->walSyncFlags
|= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
<<2);
3629 if( pgFlags
& PAGER_CACHESPILL
){
3630 pPager
->doNotSpill
&= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF
;
3632 pPager
->doNotSpill
|= SPILLFLAG_OFF
;
3638 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3639 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for
3640 ** testing and analysis only.
3643 int sqlite3_opentemp_count
= 0;
3647 ** Open a temporary file.
3649 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3650 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3651 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3653 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3654 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3656 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3657 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3658 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3659 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3661 static int pagerOpentemp(
3662 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager object */
3663 sqlite3_file
*pFile
, /* Write the file descriptor here */
3664 int vfsFlags
/* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3666 int rc
; /* Return code */
3669 sqlite3_opentemp_count
++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3672 vfsFlags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
| SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
|
3673 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
| SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
;
3674 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pPager
->pVfs
, 0, pFile
, vfsFlags
, 0);
3675 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pFile
) );
3680 ** Set the busy handler function.
3682 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3683 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3684 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3685 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3686 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3687 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3689 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler
3690 ** --------------------------------------------------------
3691 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes
3692 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No
3693 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No
3694 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes
3696 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3697 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3698 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3700 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3701 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
3702 int (*xBusyHandler
)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3703 void *pBusyHandlerArg
/* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3705 pPager
->xBusyHandler
= xBusyHandler
;
3706 pPager
->pBusyHandlerArg
= pBusyHandlerArg
;
3708 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
3709 void **ap
= (void **)&pPager
->xBusyHandler
;
3710 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap
[0]))==xBusyHandler
);
3711 assert( ap
[1]==pBusyHandlerArg
);
3712 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER
, (void *)ap
);
3717 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3718 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3720 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3721 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3722 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3724 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3726 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3727 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3729 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and
3731 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3732 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3734 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3736 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3737 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3738 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3739 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3741 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3742 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3743 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3744 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3746 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager
*pPager
, u32
*pPageSize
, int nReserve
){
3749 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3750 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3751 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3753 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3754 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3755 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3756 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3759 u32 pageSize
= *pPageSize
;
3760 assert( pageSize
==0 || (pageSize
>=512 && pageSize
<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
) );
3761 if( (pPager
->memDb
==0 || pPager
->dbSize
==0)
3762 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0
3763 && pageSize
&& pageSize
!=(u32
)pPager
->pageSize
3765 char *pNew
= NULL
; /* New temp space */
3768 if( pPager
->eState
>PAGER_OPEN
&& isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
3769 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->fd
, &nByte
);
3771 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3772 pNew
= (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize
);
3773 if( !pNew
) rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
3776 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3777 pager_reset(pPager
);
3778 rc
= sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager
->pPCache
, pageSize
);
3780 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3781 sqlite3PageFree(pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
3782 pPager
->pTmpSpace
= pNew
;
3783 pPager
->dbSize
= (Pgno
)((nByte
+pageSize
-1)/pageSize
);
3784 pPager
->pageSize
= pageSize
;
3786 sqlite3PageFree(pNew
);
3790 *pPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
;
3791 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
3792 if( nReserve
<0 ) nReserve
= pPager
->nReserve
;
3793 assert( nReserve
>=0 && nReserve
<1000 );
3794 pPager
->nReserve
= (i16
)nReserve
;
3795 pagerReportSize(pPager
);
3796 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
3802 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3803 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3804 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally
3805 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3806 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3807 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3809 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager
*pPager
){
3810 return pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
3814 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3815 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the
3816 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3818 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3820 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager
*pPager
, int mxPage
){
3822 pPager
->mxPgno
= mxPage
;
3824 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_OPEN
); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3825 assert( pPager
->mxPgno
>=pPager
->dbSize
); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3826 return pPager
->mxPgno
;
3830 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3831 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated
3832 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3834 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3835 ** and generate no code.
3838 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending
;
3839 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit
;
3840 static int saved_cnt
;
3841 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3842 saved_cnt
= sqlite3_io_error_pending
;
3843 sqlite3_io_error_pending
= -1;
3845 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3846 sqlite3_io_error_pending
= saved_cnt
;
3849 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3850 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3854 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3855 ** that pDest points to.
3857 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3858 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3859 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3860 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3861 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3863 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3864 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3865 ** output buffer undefined.
3867 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager
*pPager
, int N
, unsigned char *pDest
){
3869 memset(pDest
, 0, N
);
3870 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->tempFile
);
3872 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3873 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition
3876 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
3878 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
3879 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager
, N
))
3880 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->fd
, pDest
, N
, 0);
3881 if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
3889 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3890 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3892 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3893 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3895 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager
*pPager
, int *pnPage
){
3896 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
3897 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
);
3898 *pnPage
= (int)pPager
->dbSize
;
3903 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3904 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3905 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3907 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3908 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3909 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3910 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3912 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3913 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3914 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3916 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager
*pPager
, int locktype
){
3917 int rc
; /* Return code */
3919 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3920 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3921 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3922 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3924 assert( (pPager
->eLock
>=locktype
)
3925 || (pPager
->eLock
==NO_LOCK
&& locktype
==SHARED_LOCK
)
3926 || (pPager
->eLock
==RESERVED_LOCK
&& locktype
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
)
3930 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, locktype
);
3931 }while( rc
==SQLITE_BUSY
&& pPager
->xBusyHandler(pPager
->pBusyHandlerArg
) );
3936 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3937 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3939 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3940 ** current database image, in pages, OR
3942 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3943 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3944 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3946 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3947 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3948 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3949 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3950 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3951 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3952 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3953 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3954 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3955 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3957 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3958 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr
*pPg
){
3959 assert( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
);
3960 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg
) || pPg
->pgno
<=pPg
->pPager
->dbSize
);
3962 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager
*pPager
){
3963 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager
->pPCache
, assertTruncateConstraintCb
);
3966 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3970 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3971 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3972 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3973 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3975 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3976 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3977 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3978 ** then continue writing to the database.
3980 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno nPage
){
3981 assert( pPager
->dbSize
>=nPage
);
3982 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
);
3983 pPager
->dbSize
= nPage
;
3985 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3986 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3987 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3988 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3989 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3990 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3991 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3992 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3993 ** is no longer correct. */
3998 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3999 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
4000 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
4001 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
4003 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
4004 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
4005 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
4006 ** content as this process.
4008 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4009 ** an SQLite error code.
4011 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager
*pPager
){
4013 if( !pPager
->noSync
){
4014 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
);
4016 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4017 rc
= sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager
->jfd
, &pPager
->journalHdr
);
4022 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4024 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4025 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4026 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4027 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4030 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4031 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4033 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4034 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
4035 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number */
4036 void *pData
, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4037 PgHdr
**ppPage
/* OUT: Acquired page object */
4039 PgHdr
*p
; /* Memory mapped page to return */
4041 if( pPager
->pMmapFreelist
){
4042 *ppPage
= p
= pPager
->pMmapFreelist
;
4043 pPager
->pMmapFreelist
= p
->pDirty
;
4045 assert( pPager
->nExtra
>=8 );
4046 memset(p
->pExtra
, 0, 8);
4048 *ppPage
= p
= (PgHdr
*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr
) + pPager
->nExtra
);
4050 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, (i64
)(pgno
-1) * pPager
->pageSize
, pData
);
4051 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4053 p
->pExtra
= (void *)&p
[1];
4054 p
->flags
= PGHDR_MMAP
;
4059 assert( p
->pExtra
==(void *)&p
[1] );
4060 assert( p
->pPage
==0 );
4061 assert( p
->flags
==PGHDR_MMAP
);
4062 assert( p
->pPager
==pPager
);
4063 assert( p
->nRef
==1 );
4074 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4075 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4077 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
4078 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
4080 pPg
->pDirty
= pPager
->pMmapFreelist
;
4081 pPager
->pMmapFreelist
= pPg
;
4083 assert( pPager
->fd
->pMethods
->iVersion
>=3 );
4084 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, (i64
)(pPg
->pgno
-1)*pPager
->pageSize
, pPg
->pData
);
4088 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4090 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager
*pPager
){
4093 for(p
=pPager
->pMmapFreelist
; p
; p
=pNext
){
4101 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
4103 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4104 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated
4105 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated
4106 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4107 ** result in a coredump.
4109 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4110 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4111 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4114 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3
*db
){
4115 u8
*pTmp
= (u8
*)pPager
->pTmpSpace
;
4117 assert( db
|| pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 );
4118 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4119 disable_simulated_io_errors();
4120 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4121 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager
);
4122 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4123 pPager
->exclusiveMode
= 0;
4124 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4125 assert( db
|| pPager
->pWal
==0 );
4126 sqlite3WalClose(pPager
->pWal
, db
, pPager
->walSyncFlags
, pPager
->pageSize
,
4127 (db
&& (db
->flags
& SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose
) ? 0 : pTmp
)
4131 pager_reset(pPager
);
4133 pager_unlock(pPager
);
4135 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4136 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4137 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4138 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4140 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4141 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4142 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4143 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4144 ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4146 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
4147 pager_error(pPager
, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager
));
4149 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager
);
4151 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4152 enable_simulated_io_errors();
4153 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
4154 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager
))
4155 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
4156 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->fd
);
4157 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp
);
4158 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager
->pPCache
);
4160 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4161 if( pPager
->xCodecFree
) pPager
->xCodecFree(pPager
->pCodec
);
4164 assert( !pPager
->aSavepoint
&& !pPager
->pInJournal
);
4165 assert( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && !isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) );
4167 sqlite3_free(pPager
);
4171 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4173 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4175 Pgno
sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage
*pPg
){
4181 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4183 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage
*pPg
){
4184 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg
);
4188 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4189 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4190 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4192 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4193 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4194 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4196 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4199 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4200 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4201 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4202 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4203 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4205 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4206 ** journal file is synced.
4208 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4210 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4211 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4212 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4213 ** <update nRec field>
4215 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4218 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4219 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4220 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4222 static int syncJournal(Pager
*pPager
, int newHdr
){
4223 int rc
; /* Return code */
4225 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4226 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4228 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4229 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
4231 rc
= sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager
);
4232 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4234 if( !pPager
->noSync
){
4235 assert( !pPager
->tempFile
);
4236 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
){
4237 const int iDc
= sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
);
4238 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
4240 if( 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND
) ){
4241 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4242 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4243 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4244 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4245 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4246 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4247 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4248 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4249 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4250 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4251 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4252 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4254 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4255 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4256 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4258 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4259 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4260 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4261 ** the potential journal header.
4265 u8 zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)+4];
4267 memcpy(zHeader
, aJournalMagic
, sizeof(aJournalMagic
));
4268 put32bits(&zHeader
[sizeof(aJournalMagic
)], pPager
->nRec
);
4270 iNextHdrOffset
= journalHdrOffset(pPager
);
4271 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->jfd
, aMagic
, 8, iNextHdrOffset
);
4272 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& 0==memcmp(aMagic
, aJournalMagic
, 8) ){
4273 static const u8 zerobyte
= 0;
4274 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, &zerobyte
, 1, iNextHdrOffset
);
4276 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
&& rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
4280 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4281 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4282 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4283 ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4285 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4286 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4287 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4288 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4289 ** and never needs to be updated.
4291 if( pPager
->fullSync
&& 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL
) ){
4292 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
4293 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager
))
4294 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->syncFlags
);
4295 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4297 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager
, pPager
->journalHdr
));
4298 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(
4299 pPager
->jfd
, zHeader
, sizeof(zHeader
), pPager
->journalHdr
4301 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4303 if( 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL
) ){
4304 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
4305 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager
))
4306 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->jfd
, pPager
->syncFlags
|
4307 (pPager
->syncFlags
==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY
:0)
4309 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4312 pPager
->journalHdr
= pPager
->journalOff
;
4313 if( newHdr
&& 0==(iDc
&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND
) ){
4315 rc
= writeJournalHdr(pPager
);
4316 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
4319 pPager
->journalHdr
= pPager
->journalOff
;
4323 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4324 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4327 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager
->pPCache
);
4328 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
;
4329 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4334 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4335 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4336 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4337 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4340 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4341 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4342 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4343 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4345 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4346 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4349 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4350 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4351 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4353 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4354 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4356 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4357 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4358 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4359 ** the database file.
4361 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4362 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4363 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4365 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager
*pPager
, PgHdr
*pList
){
4366 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
4368 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4369 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
4370 assert( pPager
->tempFile
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
);
4371 assert( pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
4372 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pList
->pDirty
==0 );
4374 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4375 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4376 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4378 if( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
4379 assert( pPager
->tempFile
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
4380 rc
= pagerOpentemp(pPager
, pPager
->fd
, pPager
->vfsFlags
);
4383 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4384 ** file size will be.
4386 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
4388 && pPager
->dbHintSize
<pPager
->dbSize
4389 && (pList
->pDirty
|| pList
->pgno
>pPager
->dbHintSize
)
4391 sqlite3_int64 szFile
= pPager
->pageSize
* (sqlite3_int64
)pPager
->dbSize
;
4392 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
, &szFile
);
4393 pPager
->dbHintSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
4396 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pList
){
4397 Pgno pgno
= pList
->pgno
;
4399 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4400 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4401 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4402 ** any such pages to the file.
4404 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4405 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4407 if( pgno
<=pPager
->dbSize
&& 0==(pList
->flags
&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE
) ){
4408 i64 offset
= (pgno
-1)*(i64
)pPager
->pageSize
; /* Offset to write */
4409 char *pData
; /* Data to write */
4411 assert( (pList
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)==0 );
4412 if( pList
->pgno
==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList
);
4414 /* Encode the database */
4415 CODEC2(pPager
, pList
->pData
, pgno
, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
, pData
);
4417 /* Write out the page data. */
4418 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, pData
, pPager
->pageSize
, offset
);
4420 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4421 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4422 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4425 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, &pData
[24], sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
4427 if( pgno
>pPager
->dbFileSize
){
4428 pPager
->dbFileSize
= pgno
;
4430 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
]++;
4432 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4433 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager
->pBackup
, pgno
, (u8
*)pList
->pData
);
4435 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4436 PAGERID(pPager
), pgno
, pager_pagehash(pList
)));
4437 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager
, pgno
));
4438 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count
);
4440 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
), pgno
));
4442 pager_set_pagehash(pList
);
4443 pList
= pList
->pDirty
;
4450 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4451 ** function is a no-op.
4453 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4454 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4457 static int openSubJournal(Pager
*pPager
){
4459 if( !isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
4460 const int flags
= SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL
| SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4461 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
| SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4462 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
;
4463 int nStmtSpill
= sqlite3Config
.nStmtSpill
;
4464 if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| pPager
->subjInMemory
){
4467 rc
= sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager
->pVfs
, 0, pPager
->sjfd
, flags
, nStmtSpill
);
4473 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4475 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4476 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4478 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4479 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4480 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4483 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr
*pPg
){
4485 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
4486 if( pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
4488 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4489 assert( pPager
->useJournal
);
4490 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) || pagerUseWal(pPager
) );
4491 assert( isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) || pPager
->nSubRec
==0 );
4492 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)
4493 || pageInJournal(pPager
, pPg
)
4494 || pPg
->pgno
>pPager
->dbOrigSize
4496 rc
= openSubJournal(pPager
);
4498 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4499 ** write the journal record into the file. */
4500 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4501 void *pData
= pPg
->pData
;
4502 i64 offset
= (i64
)pPager
->nSubRec
*(4+pPager
->pageSize
);
4505 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4506 if( !pPager
->subjInMemory
){
4507 CODEC2(pPager
, pData
, pPg
->pgno
, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
, pData2
);
4511 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
));
4512 rc
= write32bits(pPager
->sjfd
, offset
, pPg
->pgno
);
4513 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4514 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->sjfd
, pData2
, pPager
->pageSize
, offset
+4);
4518 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4520 assert( pPager
->nSavepoint
>0 );
4521 rc
= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager
, pPg
->pgno
);
4525 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr
*pPg
){
4526 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg
) ){
4527 return subjournalPage(pPg
);
4534 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4535 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4536 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4537 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4538 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4539 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4542 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4543 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4546 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4547 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4548 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4549 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4550 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4552 static int pagerStress(void *p
, PgHdr
*pPg
){
4553 Pager
*pPager
= (Pager
*)p
;
4556 assert( pPg
->pPager
==pPager
);
4557 assert( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
);
4559 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4560 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs
4561 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4562 ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4564 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4565 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during
4566 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4568 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4569 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it
4570 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4571 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4572 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4573 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4575 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return SQLITE_OK
;
4576 testcase( pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
);
4577 testcase( pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_OFF
);
4578 testcase( pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
);
4579 if( pPager
->doNotSpill
4580 && ((pPager
->doNotSpill
& (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK
|SPILLFLAG_OFF
))!=0
4581 || (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)!=0)
4587 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
4588 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4589 rc
= subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
);
4590 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4591 rc
= pagerWalFrames(pPager
, pPg
, 0, 0);
4595 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4596 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ){
4597 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
4598 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
4602 /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4603 if( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4604 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4606 rc
= syncJournal(pPager
, 1);
4609 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4610 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4611 assert( (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)==0 );
4612 rc
= pager_write_pagelist(pPager
, pPg
);
4616 /* Mark the page as clean. */
4617 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4618 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
));
4619 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg
);
4622 return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
4626 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4628 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager
*pPager
){
4629 int rc
= pPager
->errCode
;
4631 PgHdr
*pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
4632 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
4633 while( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pList
){
4634 PgHdr
*pNext
= pList
->pDirty
;
4635 if( pList
->nRef
==0 ){
4636 rc
= pagerStress((void*)pPager
, pList
);
4646 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4647 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4648 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4650 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4651 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4652 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4653 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4654 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4655 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4657 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4658 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4659 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the
4660 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4661 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4663 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4664 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4665 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4667 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4668 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4670 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4671 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4672 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4673 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4674 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4675 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4677 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4678 sqlite3_vfs
*pVfs
, /* The virtual file system to use */
4679 Pager
**ppPager
, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4680 const char *zFilename
, /* Name of the database file to open */
4681 int nExtra
, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4682 int flags
, /* flags controlling this file */
4683 int vfsFlags
, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4684 void (*xReinit
)(DbPage
*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4687 Pager
*pPager
= 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4688 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
4689 int tempFile
= 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4690 int memDb
= 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4691 int readOnly
= 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */
4692 int journalFileSize
; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4693 char *zPathname
= 0; /* Full path to database file */
4694 int nPathname
= 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4695 int useJournal
= (flags
& PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL
)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4696 int pcacheSize
= sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4697 u32 szPageDflt
= SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
; /* Default page size */
4698 const char *zUri
= 0; /* URI args to copy */
4699 int nUri
= 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4701 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4702 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */
4703 journalFileSize
= ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs
));
4705 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4708 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4709 if( flags
& PAGER_MEMORY
){
4711 if( zFilename
&& zFilename
[0] ){
4712 zPathname
= sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename
);
4713 if( zPathname
==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4714 nPathname
= sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname
);
4720 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4721 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4722 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4724 if( zFilename
&& zFilename
[0] ){
4726 nPathname
= pVfs
->mxPathname
+1;
4727 zPathname
= sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname
*2);
4729 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4731 zPathname
[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4732 rc
= sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs
, zFilename
, nPathname
, zPathname
);
4733 nPathname
= sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname
);
4734 z
= zUri
= &zFilename
[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename
)+1];
4736 z
+= sqlite3Strlen30(z
)+1;
4737 z
+= sqlite3Strlen30(z
)+1;
4739 nUri
= (int)(&z
[1] - zUri
);
4741 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& nPathname
+8>pVfs
->mxPathname
){
4742 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4743 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4744 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4745 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4746 ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4748 rc
= SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT
;
4750 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
4751 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname
);
4756 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4757 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4758 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4760 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4761 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4762 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4763 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4764 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes)
4765 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes)
4766 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4768 pPtr
= (u8
*)sqlite3MallocZero(
4769 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager
)) + /* Pager structure */
4770 ROUND8(pcacheSize
) + /* PCache object */
4771 ROUND8(pVfs
->szOsFile
) + /* The main db file */
4772 journalFileSize
* 2 + /* The two journal files */
4773 nPathname
+ 1 + nUri
+ /* zFilename */
4774 nPathname
+ 8 + 2 /* zJournal */
4775 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4776 + nPathname
+ 4 + 2 /* zWal */
4779 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize
)) );
4781 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname
);
4782 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
4784 pPager
= (Pager
*)(pPtr
);
4785 pPager
->pPCache
= (PCache
*)(pPtr
+= ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager
)));
4786 pPager
->fd
= (sqlite3_file
*)(pPtr
+= ROUND8(pcacheSize
));
4787 pPager
->sjfd
= (sqlite3_file
*)(pPtr
+= ROUND8(pVfs
->szOsFile
));
4788 pPager
->jfd
= (sqlite3_file
*)(pPtr
+= journalFileSize
);
4789 pPager
->zFilename
= (char*)(pPtr
+= journalFileSize
);
4790 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager
->jfd
) );
4792 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4794 assert( nPathname
>0 );
4795 pPager
->zJournal
= (char*)(pPtr
+= nPathname
+ 1 + nUri
);
4796 memcpy(pPager
->zFilename
, zPathname
, nPathname
);
4797 if( nUri
) memcpy(&pPager
->zFilename
[nPathname
+1], zUri
, nUri
);
4798 memcpy(pPager
->zJournal
, zPathname
, nPathname
);
4799 memcpy(&pPager
->zJournal
[nPathname
], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4800 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager
->zFilename
, pPager
->zJournal
);
4801 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4802 pPager
->zWal
= &pPager
->zJournal
[nPathname
+8+1];
4803 memcpy(pPager
->zWal
, zPathname
, nPathname
);
4804 memcpy(&pPager
->zWal
[nPathname
], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4805 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager
->zFilename
, pPager
->zWal
);
4807 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname
);
4809 pPager
->pVfs
= pVfs
;
4810 pPager
->vfsFlags
= vfsFlags
;
4812 /* Open the pager file.
4814 if( zFilename
&& zFilename
[0] ){
4815 int fout
= 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4816 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, pPager
->zFilename
, pPager
->fd
, vfsFlags
, &fout
);
4818 readOnly
= (fout
&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
);
4820 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4821 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4822 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4824 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4825 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4826 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4828 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4829 int iDc
= sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->fd
);
4831 setSectorSize(pPager
);
4832 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
);
4833 if( szPageDflt
<pPager
->sectorSize
){
4834 if( pPager
->sectorSize
>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
){
4835 szPageDflt
= SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
;
4837 szPageDflt
= (u32
)pPager
->sectorSize
;
4840 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4843 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512
==(512>>8));
4844 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K
==(65536>>8));
4845 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
<=65536);
4846 for(ii
=szPageDflt
; ii
<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
; ii
=ii
*2){
4847 if( iDc
&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC
|(ii
>>8)) ){
4854 pPager
->noLock
= sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename
, "nolock", 0);
4855 if( (iDc
& SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE
)!=0
4856 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename
, "immutable", 0) ){
4857 vfsFlags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
;
4858 goto act_like_temp_file
;
4862 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4863 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4864 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4866 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4867 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4868 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4870 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4874 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
; /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4875 pPager
->eLock
= EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4876 pPager
->noLock
= 1; /* Do no locking */
4877 readOnly
= (vfsFlags
&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
);
4880 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4881 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4883 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4884 assert( pPager
->memDb
==0 );
4885 rc
= sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager
, &szPageDflt
, -1);
4886 testcase( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
4889 /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4890 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
4891 nExtra
= ROUND8(nExtra
);
4892 assert( nExtra
>=8 && nExtra
<1000 );
4893 rc
= sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt
, nExtra
, !memDb
,
4894 !memDb
?pagerStress
:0, (void *)pPager
, pPager
->pPCache
);
4897 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file.
4899 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
4900 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->fd
);
4901 sqlite3PageFree(pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
4902 sqlite3_free(pPager
);
4906 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager
->fd
), pPager
->zFilename
));
4907 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager
, pPager
->zFilename
))
4909 pPager
->useJournal
= (u8
)useJournal
;
4910 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4911 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4912 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4913 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4914 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4915 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4916 pPager
->mxPgno
= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
;
4917 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4918 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4919 pPager
->tempFile
= (u8
)tempFile
;
4920 assert( tempFile
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4921 || tempFile
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
);
4922 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
==1 );
4923 pPager
->exclusiveMode
= (u8
)tempFile
;
4924 pPager
->changeCountDone
= pPager
->tempFile
;
4925 pPager
->memDb
= (u8
)memDb
;
4926 pPager
->readOnly
= (u8
)readOnly
;
4927 assert( useJournal
|| pPager
->tempFile
);
4928 pPager
->noSync
= pPager
->tempFile
;
4929 if( pPager
->noSync
){
4930 assert( pPager
->fullSync
==0 );
4931 assert( pPager
->extraSync
==0 );
4932 assert( pPager
->syncFlags
==0 );
4933 assert( pPager
->walSyncFlags
==0 );
4935 pPager
->fullSync
= 1;
4936 pPager
->extraSync
= 0;
4937 pPager
->syncFlags
= SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
;
4938 pPager
->walSyncFlags
= SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
| (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
<<2);
4940 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4941 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4942 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4943 pPager
->nExtra
= (u16
)nExtra
;
4944 pPager
->journalSizeLimit
= SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
;
4945 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || tempFile
);
4946 setSectorSize(pPager
);
4948 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
;
4950 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
;
4952 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4953 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4954 pPager
->xReiniter
= xReinit
;
4955 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
4956 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4957 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4964 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4965 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4966 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4967 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4969 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager
*pPager
){
4973 if( pPager
->tempFile
) return SQLITE_OK
;
4974 if( pPager
->dbSize
==0 ) return SQLITE_OK
;
4975 assert( pPager
->zFilename
&& pPager
->zFilename
[0] );
4976 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED
, &bHasMoved
);
4977 if( rc
==SQLITE_NOTFOUND
){
4978 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4979 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4980 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4982 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bHasMoved
){
4983 rc
= SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED
;
4990 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4991 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4992 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4993 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4994 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4996 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4997 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4998 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4999 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5001 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5002 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5003 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5004 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5007 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
5008 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
5009 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5010 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5011 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5012 ** will not roll it back.
5014 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5015 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5016 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5017 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5018 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5020 static int hasHotJournal(Pager
*pPager
, int *pExists
){
5021 sqlite3_vfs
* const pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
5022 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
5023 int exists
= 1; /* True if a journal file is present */
5024 int jrnlOpen
= !!isOpen(pPager
->jfd
);
5026 assert( pPager
->useJournal
);
5027 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
5028 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
5030 assert( jrnlOpen
==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager
->jfd
) &
5031 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5036 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &exists
);
5038 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& exists
){
5039 int locked
= 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5041 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
5042 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5043 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5044 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that
5045 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5046 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will
5047 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883.
5049 rc
= sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager
->fd
, &locked
);
5050 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !locked
){
5051 Pgno nPage
; /* Number of pages in database file */
5053 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
5054 rc
= pagerPagecount(pPager
, &nPage
);
5055 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5056 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5057 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5058 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5059 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5060 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care
5061 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5062 ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5064 if( nPage
==0 && !jrnlOpen
){
5065 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5066 if( pagerLockDb(pPager
, RESERVED_LOCK
)==SQLITE_OK
){
5067 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, 0);
5068 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
) pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
5070 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5072 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5073 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5074 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5075 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5076 ** it can be ignored.
5079 int f
= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
;
5080 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->jfd
, f
, &f
);
5082 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5084 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->jfd
, (void *)&first
, 1, 0);
5085 if( rc
==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
5089 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
5091 *pExists
= (first
!=0);
5092 }else if( rc
==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
){
5093 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5094 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5095 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5096 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5097 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the
5098 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5099 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5100 ** worry so much with race conditions.
5114 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5115 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5116 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5117 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5119 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5121 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5122 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5123 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5124 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5125 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5126 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5127 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5128 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5130 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5131 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5132 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5133 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5136 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5137 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5138 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5140 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager
*pPager
){
5141 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
5143 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5144 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5145 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5146 ** exclusive access mode. */
5147 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 );
5148 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5149 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
5150 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
5152 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
){
5153 int bHotJournal
= 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5156 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 || pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5158 rc
= pager_wait_on_lock(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
5159 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5160 assert( pPager
->eLock
==NO_LOCK
|| pPager
->eLock
==UNKNOWN_LOCK
);
5164 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5165 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5167 if( pPager
->eLock
<=SHARED_LOCK
){
5168 rc
= hasHotJournal(pPager
, &bHotJournal
);
5170 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5174 if( pPager
->readOnly
){
5175 rc
= SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK
;
5179 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5180 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5181 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5182 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5183 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5184 ** hot-journal back.
5186 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5187 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5188 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5189 ** on the database file.
5191 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5192 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5194 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5195 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5199 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5200 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5201 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5202 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5203 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5204 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5206 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5207 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5208 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5209 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5210 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5212 if( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
5213 sqlite3_vfs
* const pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
;
5214 int bExists
; /* True if journal file exists */
5215 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(
5216 pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &bExists
);
5217 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& bExists
){
5219 int f
= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
;
5220 assert( !pPager
->tempFile
);
5221 rc
= sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->jfd
, f
, &fout
);
5222 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
5223 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& fout
&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
){
5224 rc
= SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT
;
5225 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
5230 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
5231 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5232 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5233 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing
5234 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5235 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5236 ** the journal before playing it back.
5238 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
5239 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5240 rc
= pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager
);
5241 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5242 rc
= pager_playback(pPager
, !pPager
->tempFile
);
5243 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
5245 }else if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
5246 pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
5249 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5250 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5251 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5252 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5253 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5254 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5255 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5257 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5258 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5259 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5260 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5261 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5262 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5263 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5266 pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
5270 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
5271 assert( (pPager
->eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
)
5272 || (pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& pPager
->eLock
>SHARED_LOCK
)
5276 if( !pPager
->tempFile
&& pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
){
5277 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5278 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed,
5279 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5280 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5281 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5283 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5284 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5285 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The
5286 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5287 ** a codec is in use.
5289 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5290 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5291 ** it can be neglected.
5293 char dbFileVers
[sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
)];
5295 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager
, sizeof(dbFileVers
)));
5296 rc
= sqlite3OsRead(pPager
->fd
, &dbFileVers
, sizeof(dbFileVers
), 24);
5297 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5298 if( rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ
){
5301 memset(dbFileVers
, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers
));
5304 if( memcmp(pPager
->dbFileVers
, dbFileVers
, sizeof(dbFileVers
))!=0 ){
5305 pager_reset(pPager
);
5307 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5308 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5309 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5310 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5311 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5312 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5313 if( USEFETCH(pPager
) ){
5314 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, 0, 0);
5319 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5320 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5322 rc
= pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager
);
5323 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5324 assert( pPager
->pWal
==0 || rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5328 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
5329 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5330 rc
= pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager
);
5333 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 && pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5334 rc
= pagerPagecount(pPager
, &pPager
->dbSize
);
5338 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5340 pager_unlock(pPager
);
5341 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
);
5343 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
;
5344 pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
= 1;
5350 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5351 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5353 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5354 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5355 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5357 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager
*pPager
){
5358 if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)==0 ){
5359 assert( pPager
->nMmapOut
==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5360 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager
);
5365 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5366 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5367 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5369 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5370 ** on the current state of the pager.
5372 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter
5373 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state
5374 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5376 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5377 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5378 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5379 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5380 ** object with no outstanding references.
5382 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5383 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5384 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5385 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5387 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5388 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5389 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5390 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5391 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5393 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5394 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5396 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5398 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5399 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5400 ** from the savepoint journal.
5402 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5403 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5404 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5405 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5406 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5407 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5408 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5410 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases,
5411 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5413 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5414 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already
5415 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5416 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5417 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5418 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5419 ** or journal files.
5421 static int getPageNormal(
5422 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5423 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5424 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5425 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5429 u8 noContent
; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5430 sqlite3_pcache_page
*pBase
;
5432 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
5433 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
5434 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5435 assert( pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
==1 );
5437 if( pgno
==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
5438 pBase
= sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, 3);
5441 rc
= sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, &pBase
);
5442 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto pager_acquire_err
;
5444 rc
= SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
5445 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5448 pPg
= *ppPage
= sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, pBase
);
5449 assert( pPg
==(*ppPage
) );
5450 assert( pPg
->pgno
==pgno
);
5451 assert( pPg
->pPager
==pPager
|| pPg
->pPager
==0 );
5453 noContent
= (flags
& PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT
)!=0;
5454 if( pPg
->pPager
&& !noContent
){
5455 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5456 ** the page. Return without further ado. */
5457 assert( pgno
<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO
&& pgno
!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager
) );
5458 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_HIT
]++;
5462 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5463 ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5465 ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5466 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5468 if( pgno
>PAGER_MAX_PGNO
|| pgno
==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager
) ){
5469 rc
= SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
5470 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5473 pPg
->pPager
= pPager
;
5475 assert( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || !MEMDB
);
5476 if( !isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->dbSize
<pgno
|| noContent
){
5477 if( pgno
>pPager
->mxPgno
){
5479 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5482 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5483 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5484 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure
5485 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5486 ** a bit in a bit vector.
5488 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5489 if( pgno
<=pPager
->dbOrigSize
){
5490 TESTONLY( rc
= ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager
->pInJournal
, pgno
);
5491 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5493 TESTONLY( rc
= ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager
, pgno
);
5494 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5495 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5497 memset(pPg
->pData
, 0, pPager
->pageSize
);
5498 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager
, pgno
));
5500 assert( pPg
->pPager
==pPager
);
5501 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_MISS
]++;
5502 rc
= readDbPage(pPg
);
5503 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5504 goto pager_acquire_err
;
5507 pager_set_pagehash(pPg
);
5512 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
5514 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg
);
5516 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager
);
5521 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5522 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5523 static int getPageMMap(
5524 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5525 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5526 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5527 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5531 u32 iFrame
= 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5533 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5534 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5535 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5536 ** temporary or in-memory database. */
5537 const int bMmapOk
= (pgno
>1
5538 && (pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
|| (flags
& PAGER_GET_READONLY
))
5541 assert( USEFETCH(pPager
) );
5542 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5543 assert( pPager
->xCodec
==0 );
5546 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5547 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5548 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5549 ** common case where pgno is large. */
5550 if( pgno
<=1 && pgno
==0 ){
5551 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT
;
5553 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
5554 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5555 assert( pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
==1 );
5556 assert( pPager
->errCode
==SQLITE_OK
);
5558 if( bMmapOk
&& pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
5559 rc
= sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager
->pWal
, pgno
, &iFrame
);
5560 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5565 if( bMmapOk
&& iFrame
==0 ){
5567 rc
= sqlite3OsFetch(pPager
->fd
,
5568 (i64
)(pgno
-1) * pPager
->pageSize
, pPager
->pageSize
, &pData
5570 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pData
){
5571 if( pPager
->eState
>PAGER_READER
|| pPager
->tempFile
){
5572 pPg
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pgno
);
5575 rc
= pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager
, pgno
, pData
, &pPg
);
5577 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager
->fd
, (i64
)(pgno
-1)*pPager
->pageSize
, pData
);
5580 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
5585 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5590 return getPageNormal(pPager
, pgno
, ppPage
, flags
);
5592 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5594 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5595 static int getPageError(
5596 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5597 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5598 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5599 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5601 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno
);
5602 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags
);
5603 assert( pPager
->errCode
!=SQLITE_OK
);
5605 return pPager
->errCode
;
5609 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5611 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5612 Pager
*pPager
, /* The pager open on the database file */
5613 Pgno pgno
, /* Page number to fetch */
5614 DbPage
**ppPage
, /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5615 int flags
/* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5617 return pPager
->xGet(pPager
, pgno
, ppPage
, flags
);
5621 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
5622 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
5623 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5625 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
5626 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5627 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine
5628 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5629 ** has ever happened.
5631 DbPage
*sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager
*pPager
, Pgno pgno
){
5632 sqlite3_pcache_page
*pPage
;
5633 assert( pPager
!=0 );
5635 assert( pPager
->pPCache
!=0 );
5636 pPage
= sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, 0);
5637 assert( pPage
==0 || pPager
->hasHeldSharedLock
);
5638 if( pPage
==0 ) return 0;
5639 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager
->pPCache
, pgno
, pPage
);
5643 ** Release a page reference.
5645 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5646 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5647 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5648 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5650 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine
5651 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5652 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5654 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage
*pPg
){
5655 TESTONLY( Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
; )
5657 if( pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_MMAP
){
5658 assert( pPg
->pgno
!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5659 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg
);
5661 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
5663 /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5664 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
)>0 );
5666 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage
*pPg
){
5667 if( pPg
) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg
);
5669 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage
*pPg
){
5672 assert( pPg
->pgno
==1 );
5673 assert( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_MMAP
)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5674 pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
5675 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg
);
5676 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager
);
5680 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5681 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5682 ** file when this routine is called.
5684 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5685 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5686 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5687 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5688 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5690 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5691 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5692 ** already open file.
5694 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5695 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5697 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5698 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5699 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5701 static int pager_open_journal(Pager
*pPager
){
5702 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
5703 sqlite3_vfs
* const pVfs
= pPager
->pVfs
; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5705 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
5706 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5707 assert( pPager
->pInJournal
==0 );
5709 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
5710 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5711 ** an error state. */
5712 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return pPager
->errCode
;
5714 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->journalMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
5715 pPager
->pInJournal
= sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager
->dbSize
);
5716 if( pPager
->pInJournal
==0 ){
5717 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
5720 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5721 if( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
5722 if( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
){
5723 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager
->jfd
);
5725 int flags
= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
;
5728 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
5729 flags
|= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
);
5730 nSpill
= sqlite3Config
.nStmtSpill
;
5732 flags
|= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
;
5733 nSpill
= jrnlBufferSize(pPager
);
5736 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5737 ** it was originally opened. */
5738 rc
= databaseIsUnmoved(pPager
);
5739 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5740 rc
= sqlite3JournalOpen (
5741 pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, pPager
->jfd
, flags
, nSpill
5745 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
5749 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5750 ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5752 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5753 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5755 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
5756 pPager
->setMaster
= 0;
5757 pPager
->journalHdr
= 0;
5758 rc
= writeJournalHdr(pPager
);
5762 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5763 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->pInJournal
);
5764 pPager
->pInJournal
= 0;
5766 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
5767 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
;
5774 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5775 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5777 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5778 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5779 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5780 ** functions need be called.
5782 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5783 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5784 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5785 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5786 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5787 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5788 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5790 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager
*pPager
, int exFlag
, int subjInMemory
){
5793 if( pPager
->errCode
) return pPager
->errCode
;
5794 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
&& pPager
->eState
<PAGER_ERROR
);
5795 pPager
->subjInMemory
= (u8
)subjInMemory
;
5797 if( ALWAYS(pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
) ){
5798 assert( pPager
->pInJournal
==0 );
5800 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
5801 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5802 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5804 if( pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager
->pWal
, -1) ){
5805 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5806 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5809 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager
->pWal
, 1);
5812 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5813 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5814 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5815 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5817 rc
= sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager
->pWal
);
5819 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5820 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5821 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5822 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5824 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, RESERVED_LOCK
);
5825 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& exFlag
){
5826 rc
= pager_wait_on_lock(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
5830 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
5831 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5833 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5834 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5835 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5836 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5837 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5840 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
;
5841 pPager
->dbHintSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
5842 pPager
->dbFileSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
5843 pPager
->dbOrigSize
= pPager
->dbSize
;
5844 pPager
->journalOff
= 0;
5847 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
);
5848 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
|| pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
5849 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5852 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
5857 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5859 static SQLITE_NOINLINE
int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr
*pPg
){
5860 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
5864 i64 iOff
= pPager
->journalOff
;
5866 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5867 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
5868 ** that we do not. */
5869 assert( pPg
->pgno
!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager
) );
5871 assert( pPager
->journalHdr
<=pPager
->journalOff
);
5872 CODEC2(pPager
, pPg
->pData
, pPg
->pgno
, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
, pData2
);
5873 cksum
= pager_cksum(pPager
, (u8
*)pData2
);
5875 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5876 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5877 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5878 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5879 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5880 ** then corruption may follow.
5882 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
5884 rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iOff
, pPg
->pgno
);
5885 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
5886 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->jfd
, pData2
, pPager
->pageSize
, iOff
+4);
5887 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
5888 rc
= write32bits(pPager
->jfd
, iOff
+pPager
->pageSize
+4, cksum
);
5889 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
5891 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
,
5892 pPager
->journalOff
, pPager
->pageSize
));
5893 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count
);
5894 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5895 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
,
5896 ((pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg
)));
5898 pPager
->journalOff
+= 8 + pPager
->pageSize
;
5900 assert( pPager
->pInJournal
!=0 );
5901 rc
= sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager
->pInJournal
, pPg
->pgno
);
5902 testcase( rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5903 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5904 rc
|= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager
, pPg
->pgno
);
5905 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
);
5910 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5911 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5912 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5913 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5914 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5916 static int pager_write(PgHdr
*pPg
){
5917 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
5920 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5921 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5922 ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5924 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5925 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5926 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5928 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5929 assert( pPager
->errCode
==0 );
5930 assert( pPager
->readOnly
==0 );
5933 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5934 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5935 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5937 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5938 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5939 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5940 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5942 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
5943 rc
= pager_open_journal(pPager
);
5944 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) return rc
;
5946 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
);
5947 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
5949 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5950 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg
);
5952 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5953 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5954 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5956 assert( (pPager
->pInJournal
!=0) == isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) );
5957 if( pPager
->pInJournal
!=0
5958 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager
->pInJournal
, pPg
->pgno
)==0
5960 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager
)==0 );
5961 if( pPg
->pgno
<=pPager
->dbOrigSize
){
5962 rc
= pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg
);
5963 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
5967 if( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
){
5968 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
5970 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5971 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
,
5972 ((pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)?1:0)));
5976 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5977 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now,
5978 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5979 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5981 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_WRITEABLE
;
5983 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5984 ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5986 if( pPager
->nSavepoint
>0 ){
5987 rc
= subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
);
5990 /* Update the database size and return. */
5991 if( pPager
->dbSize
<pPg
->pgno
){
5992 pPager
->dbSize
= pPg
->pgno
;
5998 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5999 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6000 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of
6001 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6004 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6005 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the
6006 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6008 static SQLITE_NOINLINE
int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6009 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6010 Pgno nPageCount
; /* Total number of pages in database file */
6011 Pgno pg1
; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6012 int nPage
= 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6013 int ii
; /* Loop counter */
6014 int needSync
= 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6015 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6016 Pgno nPagePerSector
= (pPager
->sectorSize
/pPager
->pageSize
);
6018 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6019 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6023 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
)==0 );
6024 pPager
->doNotSpill
|= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
;
6026 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6027 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6028 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6030 pg1
= ((pPg
->pgno
-1) & ~(nPagePerSector
-1)) + 1;
6032 nPageCount
= pPager
->dbSize
;
6033 if( pPg
->pgno
>nPageCount
){
6034 nPage
= (pPg
->pgno
- pg1
)+1;
6035 }else if( (pg1
+nPagePerSector
-1)>nPageCount
){
6036 nPage
= nPageCount
+1-pg1
;
6038 nPage
= nPagePerSector
;
6041 assert(pg1
<=pPg
->pgno
);
6042 assert((pg1
+nPage
)>pPg
->pgno
);
6044 for(ii
=0; ii
<nPage
&& rc
==SQLITE_OK
; ii
++){
6047 if( pg
==pPg
->pgno
|| !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager
->pInJournal
, pg
) ){
6048 if( pg
!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager
) ){
6049 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, pg
, &pPage
, 0);
6050 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6051 rc
= pager_write(pPage
);
6052 if( pPage
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
){
6055 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage
);
6058 }else if( (pPage
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pg
))!=0 ){
6059 if( pPage
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
){
6062 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage
);
6066 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6067 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6068 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6069 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6070 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6072 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& needSync
){
6074 for(ii
=0; ii
<nPage
; ii
++){
6075 PgHdr
*pPage
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pg1
+ii
);
6077 pPage
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
6078 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage
);
6083 assert( (pPager
->doNotSpill
& SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
)!=0 );
6084 pPager
->doNotSpill
&= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC
;
6089 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6090 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6091 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6092 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6094 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6095 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6096 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6097 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6099 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6100 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6102 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6103 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
6104 assert( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_MMAP
)==0 );
6105 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
6106 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6107 if( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_WRITEABLE
)!=0 && pPager
->dbSize
>=pPg
->pgno
){
6108 if( pPager
->nSavepoint
) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
);
6110 }else if( pPager
->errCode
){
6111 return pPager
->errCode
;
6112 }else if( pPager
->sectorSize
> (u32
)pPager
->pageSize
){
6113 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
6114 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg
);
6116 return pager_write(pPg
);
6121 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6122 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6123 ** to change the content of the page.
6126 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage
*pPg
){
6127 return pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_WRITEABLE
;
6132 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6133 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6134 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when
6135 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6136 ** content no longer matters.
6138 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6139 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6140 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6142 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6143 ** DELETE operations.
6145 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6146 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6147 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6148 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6149 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6151 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6152 Pager
*pPager
= pPg
->pPager
;
6153 if( !pPager
->tempFile
&& (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
) && pPager
->nSavepoint
==0 ){
6154 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg
->pgno
, PAGERID(pPager
)));
6155 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
))
6156 pPg
->flags
|= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE
;
6157 pPg
->flags
&= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE
;
6158 testcase( pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
);
6159 pager_set_pagehash(pPg
);
6164 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6165 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6166 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
6167 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6169 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6170 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6171 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6172 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6174 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6175 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6176 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6177 ** transaction is committed.
6179 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6180 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6181 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6182 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6183 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6185 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager
*pPager
, int isDirectMode
){
6188 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6189 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6191 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6193 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6194 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6195 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6196 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6198 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6199 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6200 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6201 ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6203 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6204 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6205 assert( isDirectMode
==0 );
6206 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode
);
6208 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6211 if( !pPager
->changeCountDone
&& ALWAYS(pPager
->dbSize
>0) ){
6212 PgHdr
*pPgHdr
; /* Reference to page 1 */
6214 assert( !pPager
->tempFile
&& isOpen(pPager
->fd
) );
6216 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6217 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, 1, &pPgHdr
, 0);
6218 assert( pPgHdr
==0 || rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
6220 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6221 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in
6222 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6223 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6225 if( !DIRECT_MODE
&& ALWAYS(rc
==SQLITE_OK
) ){
6226 rc
= sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr
);
6229 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6230 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6231 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr
);
6233 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6236 assert( pPager
->dbFileSize
>0 );
6237 CODEC2(pPager
, pPgHdr
->pData
, 1, 6, rc
=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
, zBuf
);
6238 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6239 rc
= sqlite3OsWrite(pPager
->fd
, zBuf
, pPager
->pageSize
, 0);
6240 pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
]++;
6242 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6243 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6244 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6245 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */
6246 const void *pCopy
= (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf
)[24];
6247 memcpy(&pPager
->dbFileVers
, pCopy
, sizeof(pPager
->dbFileVers
));
6248 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 1;
6251 pPager
->changeCountDone
= 1;
6255 /* Release the page reference. */
6256 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr
);
6262 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6263 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6265 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6266 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6268 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager
*pPager
, const char *zMaster
){
6271 if( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) ){
6272 void *pArg
= (void*)zMaster
;
6273 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager
->fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC
, pArg
);
6274 if( rc
==SQLITE_NOTFOUND
) rc
= SQLITE_OK
;
6276 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !pPager
->noSync
){
6278 rc
= sqlite3OsSync(pPager
->fd
, pPager
->syncFlags
);
6284 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6285 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6286 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6287 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6289 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6290 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6291 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6294 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager
*pPager
){
6295 int rc
= pPager
->errCode
;
6296 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6297 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6298 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6299 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6300 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6302 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6303 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6304 rc
= pager_wait_on_lock(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
6311 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6312 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6313 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6314 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6316 ** This routine ensures that:
6318 ** * The database file change-counter is updated,
6319 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6320 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6321 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6322 ** * the database file synced.
6324 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6325 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6326 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6328 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6329 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6331 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6332 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6333 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6334 ** journal file in this case.
6336 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6337 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
6338 const char *zMaster
, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6339 int noSync
/* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6341 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6343 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6344 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6345 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6346 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
6348 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6350 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6351 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return pPager
->errCode
;
6353 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6354 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR
;
6356 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6357 pPager
->zFilename
, zMaster
, pPager
->dbSize
));
6359 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6360 if( pPager
->eState
<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
) return SQLITE_OK
;
6362 assert( MEMDB
==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
6363 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->tempFile
);
6364 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager
, 1) ){
6365 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6366 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any
6367 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */
6368 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager
->pBackup
);
6370 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6371 PgHdr
*pList
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
);
6372 PgHdr
*pPageOne
= 0;
6374 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6375 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6376 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, 1, &pPageOne
, 0);
6380 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
6381 if( ALWAYS(pList
) ){
6382 rc
= pagerWalFrames(pPager
, pList
, pPager
->dbSize
, 1);
6384 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne
);
6385 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6386 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager
->pPCache
);
6389 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6390 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6393 sqlite3_file
*fd
= pPager
->fd
;
6394 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6395 const int bBatch
= zMaster
==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6396 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd
) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC
)
6398 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->jfd
);
6403 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6404 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6405 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6406 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6407 ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6409 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6410 ** blocks of size page-size, and
6411 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6412 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6414 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6415 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6416 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6417 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6418 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6419 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6422 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6423 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6424 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6425 ** created for this transaction.
6429 assert( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
)
6430 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6431 || pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6433 if( !zMaster
&& isOpen(pPager
->jfd
)
6434 && pPager
->journalOff
==jrnlBufferSize(pPager
)
6435 && pPager
->dbSize
>=pPager
->dbOrigSize
6436 && (!(pPg
= sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
)) || 0==pPg
->pDirty
)
6438 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6439 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6440 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6441 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6442 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6444 rc
= pager_incr_changecounter(pPager
, 1);
6446 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
6447 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6448 rc
= pager_incr_changecounter(pPager
, 0);
6453 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6455 rc
= sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager
->jfd
);
6456 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6459 rc
= pager_incr_changecounter(pPager
, 0);
6461 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6463 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6464 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6465 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6467 rc
= writeMasterJournal(pPager
, zMaster
);
6468 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6470 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6471 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6472 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6474 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6475 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6476 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6477 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6478 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6479 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6481 rc
= syncJournal(pPager
, 0);
6482 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6485 /* The pager is now in DBMOD state. But regardless of what happens
6486 ** next, attempting to play the journal back into the database would
6487 ** be unsafe. Close it now to make sure that does not happen. */
6488 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
6489 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE
, 0);
6490 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6492 rc
= pager_write_pagelist(pPager
,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager
->pPCache
));
6494 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
6495 rc
= sqlite3OsFileControl(fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE
, 0);
6497 sqlite3OsFileControl(fd
, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE
, 0);
6501 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
6502 assert( rc
!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED
);
6503 goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6505 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager
->pPCache
);
6507 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6508 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6509 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6510 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6511 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6512 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */
6513 if( pPager
->dbSize
>pPager
->dbFileSize
){
6514 Pgno nNew
= pPager
->dbSize
- (pPager
->dbSize
==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager
));
6515 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
);
6516 rc
= pager_truncate(pPager
, nNew
);
6517 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
) goto commit_phase_one_exit
;
6520 /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6522 rc
= sqlite3PagerSync(pPager
, zMaster
);
6524 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager
))
6528 commit_phase_one_exit
:
6529 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& !pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6530 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
;
6537 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6538 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6539 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6540 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6541 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6543 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6544 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6545 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6546 ** irrevocably committed.
6548 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6549 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6551 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager
*pPager
){
6552 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6554 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6555 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6556 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6557 if( NEVER(pPager
->errCode
) ) return pPager
->errCode
;
6559 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6560 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6561 || (pagerUseWal(pPager
) && pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
)
6563 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6565 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6566 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6567 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6569 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6570 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6571 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6572 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6573 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6574 ** to drop any locks either.
6576 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6577 && pPager
->exclusiveMode
6578 && pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6580 assert( pPager
->journalOff
==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
) || !pPager
->journalOff
);
6581 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_READER
;
6585 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
6586 pPager
->iDataVersion
++;
6587 rc
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, pPager
->setMaster
, 1);
6588 return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
6592 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6593 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6594 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6595 ** state if an error occurs.
6597 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6598 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6600 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6602 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6603 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6606 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6607 ** rollback at any point in the future.
6609 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6610 ** rollback is successful.
6612 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6613 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6614 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6615 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6617 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager
*pPager
){
6618 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6619 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager
)));
6621 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6622 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6623 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6625 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6626 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_ERROR
) return pPager
->errCode
;
6627 if( pPager
->eState
<=PAGER_READER
) return SQLITE_OK
;
6629 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6631 rc
= sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager
, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
, -1);
6632 rc2
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, pPager
->setMaster
, 0);
6633 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
) rc
= rc2
;
6634 }else if( !isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
6635 int eState
= pPager
->eState
;
6636 rc
= pager_end_transaction(pPager
, 0, 0);
6637 if( !MEMDB
&& eState
>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
){
6638 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6639 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6640 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6642 pPager
->errCode
= SQLITE_ABORT
;
6643 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_ERROR
;
6644 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
6648 rc
= pager_playback(pPager
, 0);
6651 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
|| rc
!=SQLITE_OK
);
6652 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
|| rc
==SQLITE_FULL
|| rc
==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6653 || rc
==SQLITE_NOMEM
|| (rc
&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6654 || rc
==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6657 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6658 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6660 return pager_error(pPager
, rc
);
6664 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE
6665 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6667 u8
sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager
*pPager
){
6668 return pPager
->readOnly
;
6673 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6675 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager
*pPager
){
6676 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
);
6681 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6682 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6684 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager
*pPager
){
6685 int perPageSize
= pPager
->pageSize
+ pPager
->nExtra
+ sizeof(PgHdr
)
6687 return perPageSize
*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager
->pPCache
)
6688 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager
)
6693 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6695 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage
*pPage
){
6696 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage
);
6701 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6703 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager
*pPager
){
6705 a
[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager
->pPCache
);
6706 a
[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager
->pPCache
);
6707 a
[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager
->pPCache
);
6708 a
[3] = pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
? -1 : (int) pPager
->dbSize
;
6709 a
[4] = pPager
->eState
;
6710 a
[5] = pPager
->errCode
;
6711 a
[6] = pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_HIT
];
6712 a
[7] = pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_MISS
];
6713 a
[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6714 a
[9] = pPager
->nRead
;
6715 a
[10] = pPager
->aStat
[PAGER_STAT_WRITE
];
6721 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6722 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6723 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6724 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6727 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager
*pPager
, int eStat
, int reset
, int *pnVal
){
6729 assert( eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6730 || eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6731 || eStat
==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6734 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
);
6735 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
);
6736 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT
==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS
==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE
==2 );
6738 *pnVal
+= pPager
->aStat
[eStat
- SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
];
6740 pPager
->aStat
[eStat
- SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
] = 0;
6745 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6747 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager
*pPager
){
6748 return pPager
->tempFile
;
6752 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6753 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6754 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6755 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6757 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6758 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6759 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6761 static SQLITE_NOINLINE
int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, int nSavepoint
){
6762 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
6763 int nCurrent
= pPager
->nSavepoint
; /* Current number of savepoints */
6764 int ii
; /* Iterator variable */
6765 PagerSavepoint
*aNew
; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6767 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
6768 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6769 assert( nSavepoint
>nCurrent
&& pPager
->useJournal
);
6771 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6772 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6773 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6775 aNew
= (PagerSavepoint
*)sqlite3Realloc(
6776 pPager
->aSavepoint
, sizeof(PagerSavepoint
)*nSavepoint
6779 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
6781 memset(&aNew
[nCurrent
], 0, (nSavepoint
-nCurrent
) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint
));
6782 pPager
->aSavepoint
= aNew
;
6784 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6785 for(ii
=nCurrent
; ii
<nSavepoint
; ii
++){
6786 aNew
[ii
].nOrig
= pPager
->dbSize
;
6787 if( isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalOff
>0 ){
6788 aNew
[ii
].iOffset
= pPager
->journalOff
;
6790 aNew
[ii
].iOffset
= JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager
);
6792 aNew
[ii
].iSubRec
= pPager
->nSubRec
;
6793 aNew
[ii
].pInSavepoint
= sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager
->dbSize
);
6794 if( !aNew
[ii
].pInSavepoint
){
6795 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT
;
6797 if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) ){
6798 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager
->pWal
, aNew
[ii
].aWalData
);
6800 pPager
->nSavepoint
= ii
+1;
6802 assert( pPager
->nSavepoint
==nSavepoint
);
6803 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager
);
6806 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, int nSavepoint
){
6807 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
);
6808 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
6810 if( nSavepoint
>pPager
->nSavepoint
&& pPager
->useJournal
){
6811 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager
, nSavepoint
);
6819 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6820 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6821 ** created savepoint.
6823 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6824 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6825 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6826 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6828 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6829 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6830 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6831 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6832 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6834 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6835 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6836 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6837 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6838 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6840 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6841 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6842 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6844 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6845 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6846 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6848 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager
*pPager
, int op
, int iSavepoint
){
6849 int rc
= pPager
->errCode
;
6851 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6852 if( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
) rc
= SQLITE_OK
;
6855 assert( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
|| op
==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
);
6856 assert( iSavepoint
>=0 || op
==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
);
6858 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& iSavepoint
<pPager
->nSavepoint
){
6859 int ii
; /* Iterator variable */
6860 int nNew
; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6862 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6863 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6864 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6866 nNew
= iSavepoint
+ (( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
) ? 0 : 1);
6867 for(ii
=nNew
; ii
<pPager
->nSavepoint
; ii
++){
6868 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager
->aSavepoint
[ii
].pInSavepoint
);
6870 pPager
->nSavepoint
= nNew
;
6872 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6873 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6874 if( op
==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE
){
6875 if( nNew
==0 && isOpen(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
6876 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6877 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager
->sjfd
) ){
6878 rc
= sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager
->sjfd
, 0);
6879 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
6881 pPager
->nSubRec
= 0;
6884 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6885 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6886 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6887 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6889 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager
) || isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) ){
6890 PagerSavepoint
*pSavepoint
= (nNew
==0)?0:&pPager
->aSavepoint
[nNew
-1];
6891 rc
= pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager
, pSavepoint
);
6892 assert(rc
!=SQLITE_DONE
);
6895 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6896 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6897 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6898 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6899 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */
6901 pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6902 && pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6904 pPager
->errCode
= SQLITE_ABORT
;
6905 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_ERROR
;
6906 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
6915 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6917 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6918 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6919 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6920 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6921 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6922 ** participate in shared-cache.
6924 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager
*pPager
, int nullIfMemDb
){
6925 return (nullIfMemDb
&& pPager
->memDb
) ? "" : pPager
->zFilename
;
6929 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6931 sqlite3_vfs
*sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager
*pPager
){
6932 return pPager
->pVfs
;
6936 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6937 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has
6938 ** not yet been opened.
6940 sqlite3_file
*sqlite3PagerFile(Pager
*pPager
){
6945 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6946 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6948 sqlite3_file
*sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager
*pPager
){
6952 return pPager
->pWal
? sqlite3WalFile(pPager
->pWal
) : pPager
->jfd
;
6957 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6959 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager
*pPager
){
6960 return pPager
->zJournal
;
6963 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6965 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6967 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6969 void *(*xCodec
)(void*,void*,Pgno
,int),
6970 void (*xCodecSizeChng
)(void*,int,int),
6971 void (*xCodecFree
)(void*),
6974 if( pPager
->xCodecFree
) pPager
->xCodecFree(pPager
->pCodec
);
6975 pPager
->xCodec
= pPager
->memDb
? 0 : xCodec
;
6976 pPager
->xCodecSizeChng
= xCodecSizeChng
;
6977 pPager
->xCodecFree
= xCodecFree
;
6978 pPager
->pCodec
= pCodec
;
6979 setGetterMethod(pPager
);
6980 pagerReportSize(pPager
);
6982 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager
*pPager
){
6983 return pPager
->pCodec
;
6987 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6988 ** into the log file.
6990 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6991 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6993 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr
*pPg
){
6995 CODEC2(pPg
->pPager
, pPg
->pData
, pPg
->pgno
, 6, return 0, aData
);
7000 ** Return the current pager state
7002 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager
*pPager
){
7003 return pPager
->eState
;
7005 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
7007 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7009 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7011 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7012 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7013 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7014 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7016 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7017 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7018 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7020 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7021 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7022 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7023 ** transaction is active).
7025 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7026 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7027 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7028 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7030 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7031 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7033 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager
*pPager
, DbPage
*pPg
, Pgno pgno
, int isCommit
){
7034 PgHdr
*pPgOld
; /* The page being overwritten. */
7035 Pgno needSyncPgno
= 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7036 int rc
; /* Return code */
7037 Pgno origPgno
; /* The original page number */
7039 assert( pPg
->nRef
>0 );
7040 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7041 || pPager
->eState
==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7043 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
7045 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7046 ** the page we are moving from.
7048 assert( pPager
->tempFile
|| !MEMDB
);
7049 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
7050 rc
= sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg
);
7054 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7055 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7056 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7059 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7061 ** <Move page X to location Y>
7064 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7065 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7066 ** statement were is processed.
7068 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7069 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7070 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7072 if( (pPg
->flags
& PGHDR_DIRTY
)!=0
7073 && SQLITE_OK
!=(rc
= subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg
))
7078 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7079 PAGERID(pPager
), pPg
->pgno
, (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
)?1:0, pgno
));
7080 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager
, pPg
->pgno
, pgno
))
7082 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7083 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7085 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7086 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7087 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7089 if( (pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
) && !isCommit
){
7090 needSyncPgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
7091 assert( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
||
7092 pageInJournal(pPager
, pPg
) || pPg
->pgno
>pPager
->dbOrigSize
);
7093 assert( pPg
->flags
&PGHDR_DIRTY
);
7096 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7097 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7098 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7099 ** for the page moved there.
7101 pPg
->flags
&= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
7102 pPgOld
= sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager
, pgno
);
7103 assert( !pPgOld
|| pPgOld
->nRef
==1 );
7105 pPg
->flags
|= (pPgOld
->flags
&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
);
7106 if( pPager
->tempFile
){
7107 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7108 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */
7109 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld
, pPager
->dbSize
+1);
7111 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld
);
7115 origPgno
= pPg
->pgno
;
7116 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg
, pgno
);
7117 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg
);
7119 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7120 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld
7121 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7123 if( pPager
->tempFile
&& pPgOld
){
7124 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld
, origPgno
);
7125 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld
);
7129 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7130 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7131 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7132 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7133 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7136 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7137 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7138 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7139 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7140 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7141 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7144 rc
= sqlite3PagerGet(pPager
, needSyncPgno
, &pPgHdr
, 0);
7145 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
7146 if( needSyncPgno
<=pPager
->dbOrigSize
){
7147 assert( pPager
->pTmpSpace
!=0 );
7148 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager
->pInJournal
, needSyncPgno
, pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
7152 pPgHdr
->flags
|= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
;
7153 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr
);
7154 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr
);
7162 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7163 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7164 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7165 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7167 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage
*pPg
, Pgno iNew
, u16 flags
){
7168 assert( pPg
->pgno
!=iNew
);
7170 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg
, iNew
);
7174 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7176 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage
*pPg
){
7177 assert( pPg
->nRef
>0 || pPg
->pPager
->memDb
);
7182 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7183 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7185 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage
*pPg
){
7190 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7191 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7192 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7193 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7195 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7196 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7199 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager
*pPager
, int eMode
){
7200 assert( eMode
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7201 || eMode
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7202 || eMode
==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
);
7203 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
<0 );
7204 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE
>=0 );
7205 assert( pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager
->pWal
) );
7206 if( eMode
>=0 && !pPager
->tempFile
&& !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager
->pWal
) ){
7207 pPager
->exclusiveMode
= (u8
)eMode
;
7209 return (int)pPager
->exclusiveMode
;
7213 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7215 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7216 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7217 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7218 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7219 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7220 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7222 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7223 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7225 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7228 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7230 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7232 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager
*pPager
, int eMode
){
7233 u8 eOld
= pPager
->journalMode
; /* Prior journalmode */
7236 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7237 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7238 print_pager_state(pPager
);
7242 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7243 assert( eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7244 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7245 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7246 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7247 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7248 || eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
);
7250 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7251 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7254 assert( pPager
->tempFile
==0 || eMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
7256 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7257 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7260 assert( eOld
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| eOld
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
);
7261 if( eMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
&& eMode
!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
7268 /* Change the journal mode. */
7269 assert( pPager
->eState
!=PAGER_ERROR
);
7270 pPager
->journalMode
= (u8
)eMode
;
7272 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7273 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7274 ** delete the journal file.
7276 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
& 5)==1 );
7277 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
& 5)==1 );
7278 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
& 5)==0 );
7279 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
& 5)==4 );
7280 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
& 5)==0 );
7281 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
& 5)==5 );
7283 assert( isOpen(pPager
->fd
) || pPager
->exclusiveMode
);
7284 if( !pPager
->exclusiveMode
&& (eOld
& 5)==1 && (eMode
& 1)==0 ){
7286 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7287 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7288 ** here is an optimization only.
7290 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7291 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7292 ** while it is in use by some other client.
7294 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
7295 if( pPager
->eLock
>=RESERVED_LOCK
){
7296 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, 0);
7299 int state
= pPager
->eState
;
7300 assert( state
==PAGER_OPEN
|| state
==PAGER_READER
);
7301 if( state
==PAGER_OPEN
){
7302 rc
= sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager
);
7304 if( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
){
7305 assert( rc
==SQLITE_OK
);
7306 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, RESERVED_LOCK
);
7308 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7309 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zJournal
, 0);
7311 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& state
==PAGER_READER
){
7312 pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
7313 }else if( state
==PAGER_OPEN
){
7314 pager_unlock(pPager
);
7316 assert( state
==pPager
->eState
);
7318 }else if( eMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
7319 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
7323 /* Return the new journal mode */
7324 return (int)pPager
->journalMode
;
7328 ** Return the current journal mode.
7330 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager
*pPager
){
7331 return (int)pPager
->journalMode
;
7335 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7336 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7339 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager
*pPager
){
7340 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
7341 if( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
) return 0;
7342 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager
->jfd
) && pPager
->journalOff
>0) ) return 0;
7347 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7349 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7350 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7352 i64
sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager
*pPager
, i64 iLimit
){
7354 pPager
->journalSizeLimit
= iLimit
;
7355 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager
->pWal
, iLimit
);
7357 return pPager
->journalSizeLimit
;
7361 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7362 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7363 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7364 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7366 sqlite3_backup
**sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager
*pPager
){
7367 return &pPager
->pBackup
;
7370 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7372 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7374 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager
*pPager
){
7375 assert( MEMDB
==0 || pPager
->tempFile
);
7376 if( pPager
->tempFile
==0 ) pager_reset(pPager
);
7381 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7383 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7384 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7385 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7387 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7389 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7390 Pager
*pPager
, /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7391 sqlite3
*db
, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7392 int eMode
, /* Type of checkpoint */
7393 int *pnLog
, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7394 int *pnCkpt
/* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7398 rc
= sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager
->pWal
, db
, eMode
,
7399 (eMode
==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
? 0 : pPager
->xBusyHandler
),
7400 pPager
->pBusyHandlerArg
,
7401 pPager
->walSyncFlags
, pPager
->pageSize
, (u8
*)pPager
->pTmpSpace
,
7408 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager
*pPager
){
7409 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager
->pWal
);
7413 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7414 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7416 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager
*pPager
){
7417 const sqlite3_io_methods
*pMethods
= pPager
->fd
->pMethods
;
7418 if( pPager
->noLock
) return 0;
7419 return pPager
->exclusiveMode
|| (pMethods
->iVersion
>=2 && pMethods
->xShmMap
);
7423 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7424 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7426 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager
*pPager
){
7427 int rc
; /* Return code */
7429 assert( pPager
->eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
|| pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
7430 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
7431 if( rc
!=SQLITE_OK
){
7432 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7433 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
7434 pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
7441 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7442 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7443 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7444 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7446 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager
*pPager
){
7449 assert( pPager
->pWal
==0 && pPager
->tempFile
==0 );
7450 assert( pPager
->eLock
==SHARED_LOCK
|| pPager
->eLock
==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
);
7452 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7453 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7454 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7455 ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7457 if( pPager
->exclusiveMode
){
7458 rc
= pagerExclusiveLock(pPager
);
7461 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7462 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7464 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7465 rc
= sqlite3WalOpen(pPager
->pVfs
,
7466 pPager
->fd
, pPager
->zWal
, pPager
->exclusiveMode
,
7467 pPager
->journalSizeLimit
, &pPager
->pWal
7470 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
7477 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7480 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7481 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7482 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7483 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7484 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7485 ** not modified in either case.
7487 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7488 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7489 ** without doing anything.
7491 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7492 Pager
*pPager
, /* Pager object */
7493 int *pbOpen
/* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7495 int rc
= SQLITE_OK
; /* Return code */
7497 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager
) );
7498 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_OPEN
|| pbOpen
);
7499 assert( pPager
->eState
==PAGER_READER
|| !pbOpen
);
7500 assert( pbOpen
==0 || *pbOpen
==0 );
7501 assert( pbOpen
!=0 || (!pPager
->tempFile
&& !pPager
->pWal
) );
7503 if( !pPager
->tempFile
&& !pPager
->pWal
){
7504 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager
) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN
;
7506 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7507 sqlite3OsClose(pPager
->jfd
);
7509 rc
= pagerOpenWal(pPager
);
7510 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7511 pPager
->journalMode
= PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
;
7512 pPager
->eState
= PAGER_OPEN
;
7522 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7523 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7525 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7526 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7527 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7528 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7530 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3
*db
){
7533 assert( pPager
->journalMode
==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
7535 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7536 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7537 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7539 if( !pPager
->pWal
){
7541 rc
= pagerLockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
7542 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7543 rc
= sqlite3OsAccess(
7544 pPager
->pVfs
, pPager
->zWal
, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
, &logexists
7547 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& logexists
){
7548 rc
= pagerOpenWal(pPager
);
7552 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7553 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7555 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
&& pPager
->pWal
){
7556 rc
= pagerExclusiveLock(pPager
);
7557 if( rc
==SQLITE_OK
){
7558 rc
= sqlite3WalClose(pPager
->pWal
, db
, pPager
->walSyncFlags
,
7559 pPager
->pageSize
, (u8
*)pPager
->pTmpSpace
);
7561 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager
);
7562 if( rc
&& !pPager
->exclusiveMode
) pagerUnlockDb(pPager
, SHARED_LOCK
);
7568 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7570 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7571 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7573 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3_snapshot
**ppSnapshot
){
7574 int rc
= SQLITE_ERROR
;
7576 rc
= sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager
->pWal
, ppSnapshot
);
7582 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7583 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7584 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7586 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager
*pPager
, sqlite3_snapshot
*pSnapshot
){
7589 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager
->pWal
, pSnapshot
);
7597 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7598 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7600 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager
*pPager
){
7603 rc
= sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager
->pWal
);
7609 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7610 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7612 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7614 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7615 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7616 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7617 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7618 ** is empty, return 0.
7620 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager
*pPager
){
7621 assert( pPager
->eState
>=PAGER_READER
);
7622 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager
->pWal
);
7626 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */